Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBid Set E NIB -Senior Housing CITY OF LAKE �LSIA0ICE L DREAM EXTREME. SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS DOCUMENTS FOR BID SET "E" CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 March 2026 Prepared for: CITY OF LAKE ELSINORE 130 South Main Street Lake Elsinore, CA 92530 (951) 674-3124 NOTE: PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE DOCUMENT BEFORE CONTACTING THE CITY OF LAKE ELSINORE WITH QUESTIONS. SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENT Proposals Shall be uploaded into City's website, PlanetBids, no later than, 2:00 p.m. on Wednesday, April 1, 2026. A mandatory mob walk will be held at the project site on Wednesday, March 25, 2026, at 10:OOAM. SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENT CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E The contract documents contained herein include the following: • Notice Inviting Bids • Bid Documents associated with the Bidder's Proposal • Documents associated with the Public Works Agreement • Special Provisions and Technical Provisions • Appendices The Special Provisions contained herein supplement or modify the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) latest edition. The Special Provisions include the General Provisions and Technical Provisions. The General Provisions have been arranged in the same subject numbering format that parallels the Standard Specifications with added subsections. The Technical Provisions are written to the subject as addressed in Parts 2 through 6 of the Standard Specifications. Each and every provision of law required to be inserted in the Contract Documents shall be deemed to be inserted therein, and the Contract Documents shall be read and enforced as though they were included therein. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. A. NOTICE INVITING BIDS A-2 B. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS B-1 C. BID DOCUMENTS C-1 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL (BID SHEET) C-2 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA RECEIVED C-5 NON-CONCLUSION AFFIDAVIT C-6 BIDDER'S BOND C-7 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS C-9 REFERENCES C-10 CONTRACTOR'S INFORMATION C-13 VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS C-14 DISQUALIFICATION OR DEBARMENT C-15 D. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS D-1 AGREEMENT FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION D-2 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND D-10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND D-12 CONSTRUCTION OR SERVICE CONTRACT ENDORSEMENT D-14 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION D-16 E. SPECIAL PROVISIONS — PART 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS E-1 SECTION 1 - DEFINITIONS, TERMS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS & SYMBOLS E-2 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK E-8 SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK E-16 SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS E-27 SECTION 5 - UTILITIES E-30 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, ACCEPTANCE OF WORK E-32 SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR E-36 SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL E-51 SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT E-51 F. SPECIAL PROVISIONS— PART 2: TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Technical provisions are included in the drawing. Available Drawings General Architectural Structural Civil Electrical Plumbing APPENDIX A EXTRA WORK DAILY REPORT B CERTIFIED PAYROLL FORM SECTION A - NOTICE INVITING BIDS CITY OF LADE LSINOR- ��:v DREAM EXTREME. NOTICE INVITING BIDS NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed bids will be received by the City of Lake Elsinore for the work generally described as: SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E Bids will be publicly opened, in PlanetBids at the hour of 2:00 p.m. on Wednesday, April 1, 2026. A mandatory job walk will be held at the project site on Wednesday, March 25, 2026, at 10:OOAM. The City of Lake Elsinore utilizes PlanetBids, Inc. to administer its Online Bidding System. PlanetBids requires potential vendors and bidders to register https:Hwww.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanylD=14272# in order to download contract and bid proposal documents, thereby assuring a means of notifying vendors and bidders are identified as "Planholders" of all subsequent information and addenda issued by the City. Only the electronic documents downloaded directly from PlanetBids will be considered to be official documents of the City of Lake Elsinore. Proposal Opening: Wednesday, April 1, 2026, no later than 2:00 p.m. via e-Procurement system PlanetBids Submittal of response by fax is not acceptable. All questions technical, commercial, or contractual in nature shall be submitted via PlanetBids. Contact with City of Lake Elsinore personnel other than through the question-and-answer process in PlanetBids is not authorized and may be grounds for elimination from the selection process. Purpose: The City of Lake Elsinore is building a 16-unit senior housing apartment project totaling over 17,000 square feet. The project will include the construction of two main buildings (Building A and B) with a total of 16 apartment units on a .53-acre parcel of vacant land at the corner of North Riley Street and West Heald Avenue. This property is ideal for a senior housing project. The land is vacant and in close proximity to Main Street businesses make it ideal for the housing project. Scope: The contractor will furnish a proposal and price for all materials, labor and equipment to complete the job and deliver the scope of work for the buildings in multiple trades. The contractor must familiarize himself with the site, all details of the work required, and existing conditions. The contractor must be an entity going for at least 3 years, and produce a valid certificate of liability insurance, labor and material and performance bonds which must be on hand before work begins. The Contractor shall perform on the site, and with its own organization, work equivalent to at least 80% [eighty) percent of the total amount of work to be performed under the contract. This percentage may be reduced by a supplemental agreement to this contract if, during performing the work, the Contractor requests a reduction, and the City determines that the reduction would A-2 be to the advantage of the City. All work will be permitted and inspected through the City of Lake Elsinore Building Department. Engineer's Estimate: $5,750,000.00 General Requirements: o Mobilization & Demobilization Including Construction Schedules o (Not To Exceed 3% of Total Bid) o Labor Material Bond and Performance Bond o Complete Roof System o Insulation, Drywall, and Paint o Exterior Paint o Stucco o Rough and Finish Plumbing o Rough and Finish Electrical o All Doors and Windows (White Vinyl) o Asphalt and Concrete gutter o Metal Works (Handrails Stairs, Guard Rails Balcony Railing) o Window Trellis o Building Gutters o Catch Basin o Solar o Exterior Lighting Federal Funding: This project is being financed with Community Development Block Grant funds from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (24 CFR Part 570) and subject to certain requirements including: compliance with Section 3 (24 CFR Part 135) Economic Opportunities requirements; payment of Federal Davis-Bacon prevailing wages; Federal Labor Standards Provisions (HUD 4010); Executive Order #11246; and others. Information pertaining to the Federal requirements is on file with the County of Riverside Housing and Workforce Solutions. Prevailing Wages: The Federal minimum wage rate requirements, as predetermined by the Secretary of Labor, are set forth in the books issued for bidding purposes, referred to herein as Project Bid Documents (Special Federal Provisions), and in copies of this book which may be examined at the office described above where the project plans, special provisions, and proposal forms may be seen. Addenda to modify the minimum wage rates, if necessary, will be issued to holders of the Project Bid Documents. Qualifications: All bidders must be licensed, qualified, and understand how to identify the most effective and efficient construction methods to complete the project. ANTICIPATED CONTRACT TIME: AT DIFFERENT INTERVALS WITHIN A TOTAL OF 90 DAYS FROM NOTICE TO PROCEED OR LETTER OF INTENT All bids must be made in accordance with and as directed in the Specifications, and all bidders shall comply with Federal, State and local laws applicable thereto. All bids must be placed in Planetbids by 2:00 p.m. on Wednesday, April 1, 2026. A-3 Bidders with Pre-Bid Inquiries shall submit them in PlanetBids. All questions must be in PlanetBids no later than 2:00 p.m. on Thursday March 26, 2026. Questions received after this date may not be considered. The City Council reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularities in a bid and to award the Contract as may best serve the interests of the City. All proposals are binding for a period of sixty (60) days after they are opened and may be retained by the City for examination and comparison. Shannon Buckley Assistant City Manager Candice Alvarez, MMC, City Clerk Published: Posted at City Hall on: A-4 SECTION B - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS B-1 A. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1. Competency of Bidders The Bidder shall be thoroughly competent and capable of satisfactorily performing the Work covered by the Bid. As specified in the Bid Documents, the Bidder shall furnish statements of previous experience on similar work. When requested, the Bidder shall also furnish the plan of procedure proposed; the organization, machinery, plant and other equipment available for the Work; evidence of its financial condition and resources; and any other such documentation as may be required by the City to determine if the Bidder is responsible. 2. Contractor's License Notwithstanding the provisions of Chapter 9, of Division 3, commencing with Section 7000 of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California, requiring the Bidder to be fully and properly licensed as a Contractor, the Bidder is not required to have a license for submission of the Bid where Federal Funds are involved (B&P 7028.15). At the time the Contract is awarded, the prime Contractor shall have a Class "B" or a Class"A" Contractor's License or a combination of Specialty Class"C" licenses sufficient to cover all of the work to be performed by the prime Contractor. Failure of the Bidder to obtain proper and adequate license for award of the Contract shall constitute a failure to execute the Contract and shall result in the forfeiture of the Security of the Bidder (PCC 20103.5). B. BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY A responsible Bidder is a Bidder who has demonstrated the attribute of trustworthiness, as well as ability, fitness, capacity and experience to satisfactorily perform the work. Bidders are notified that, in accordance these Contract Documents, the City Council may determine whether the Bidder is responsible based upon a review of the Bidder's performance on other contracts, both within the City of Lake Elsinore and other public agencies for which the contractor has performed similar work. If, based on the provisions and criteria in these Contract Documents, the City proposes not to recommend the award of contract to the apparent low bidder, the City shall notify the Bidder in writing of the intention to recommend to the City Council that the Council award the contract to the second lowest responsible bidder. If the Bidder presents evidence in rebuttal to the recommendation, the City shall evaluate the merits of such evidence, and based on that evaluation, make a recommendation to the City Council. C. ADDENDA TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The City may issue Addenda for any reason during the advertising period. The Bidder shall acknowledge the receipt of any Addendum in its Bid. Failure of the Bidder to do so may result in the rejection of its Bid. D. PREPARATION OF THE BID 1. Examination of Site, Maps and Specifications Prior to submitting a Bid, the Bidder shall examine the Location Maps and the work site, carefully read the Specifications, and satisfy itself that it has the abilities and B-2 resources to complete the Work. The Bidder agrees that if it is awarded the Contract, no claim will be made against the City based on ignorance or misunderstanding of the provisions of the Contract Documents, the nature and amount of the work, and the physical and climatic conditions of the work sites. 2. Estimated Quantities The quantities shown in the Bid are approximate only. The Contractor will be paid for the actual quantities of work installed based on field measurements. The City reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of work to be performed or materials furnished, or to delete any item, in accordance with the specifications. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications be less than 75 percent or more than 125% of the Bid quantity, no adjustment to the Contract Unit Price, as provided for in Section 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, shall be made therefore. 3. Bid Instructions and Submissions The Bid shall be submitted on the Bid Proposal forms included with the Specifications. All Bid Documents must be completed, executed and submitted with the Bid by the Bidder. Required eight (8) Bid Proposal Documents: 1) Bidder's Proposal 2) Addenda Acknowledgment 3) Contractor's Affidavit 4) Bid Bond (10%) 5) List of Subcontractors 6) References (2 pages) 7) Violations of Federal or State Law 8) Disqualification or Debarment All prices submitted will be considered as including any and all sales or use taxes. In the case of discrepancy between unit bid price and total bid, the unit prices shall prevail. E. BID BOND The Bid must be accompanied by either cash, a certified or cashier's check or a surety bond (bid bond) payable to the City of Lake Elsinore. Bids must be submitted on the proposal forms furnished with these specifications. The Bid Guaranty shall be in an amount equivalent to at least 10% of the Total Contract Bid Price. F. NON-RESPONSIVE BIDS AND BID REJECTION 1. A Bid in which the required eight (8) proposal documents are not completed, executed and submitted may be considered non-responsive and be rejected. 2. A Bid in which the Contract Unit Prices are unbalanced, which is incomplete or which shows alteration of form or irregularities of any kind, or which contains any additions B-3 or conditional or alternate Bids that are not called for, may be considered non- responsive and be rejected. G. LIMITED NOTICE TO PROCEED WITH CONSTRUCTION Upon completion of the evaluation of Bids received and determination of lowest responsive Bidder (Contractor), the City will issue a "Limited Notice to Proceed with Construction" to Contractor of his intent to recommend that the City Council award a contract to Contractor and the date which the City Council will consider the contract award. Upon receipt of said Notice, Contractor shall submit the five (5) items listed below in full compliance with the requirements of these specifications,within five(5)working days of the date of said Notice: 1) Faithful Performance Bond (100% of Bid) 2) Labor and Material Bond (100% of Bid) 3) Verification of Insurance Coverage (Certificates and Endorsements) 4) Construction or Service Contract Endorsement 5) Workers' Compensation Insurance Certificate H. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AND SUBMITTALS One week prior to the proposed City Council award of a contract to Contractor, a Pre- Construction Conference will be held with the City, Contractor, and stakeholders identified by the City. At this meeting, Contractor shall submit all proposed materials and mix designs to be incorporated into the Work, as well as a proposed schedule of work. All material submittal items under this section shall be performed "at-risk" and Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation should the City Council not award a contract to Contractor. I. AWARD OF CONTRACT The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids received and to re-advertise for bids. Further, the City Council reserves the right to take all bids under advisement for a period not-to-exceed sixty (60) days after date of opening thereof, to waive any informality or irregularity in the Bid, and to be the sole judge of the merits of material included in the respective bids received. J. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall submit to the City the following three (3) documents within five (5) days of contract award by the City Council: 1) Public Works Contract executed by Contractor 2) Construction Permit Application Form (No fee is assessed for public works projects) 3) Proof of a City of Lake Elsinore Business License K. NOTICE TO PROCEED WITH CONSTUCTION Within five 5 working days of award of the contract by the City Council, or letter of Intent the City shall issue a Notice to Proceed with construction directing Contractor to commence contract work. Contractor shall complete all contract work within Ninety 90 working days from the date of commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed. L APPRENTICESHIP EMPLOYMENT STANDARDS B-4 The Contractor is directed to the provisions in Sections 1776, 1777.5 and 1777.6 of the California Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices by the contractor or any subcontractor under them. M. PERMITS AND LICENSES The Contractor shall procure and execute all required permits, licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the completion of the Work. No fee is charged for a Construction Permit issued by the City of Lake Elsinore for a public works project. The Contractor shall pay for and obtain a City of Lake Elsinore Business License. N. INSURANCE The Contractor shall maintain Automobile Liability, General Liability, and Workers' Compensation Insurance as specified in the Public Works Agreement included in the Project Specifications. O. PRE-BID INQUIRIES Bidders with Pre-Bid Inquiries shall submit them in PlanetBids. All questions must be received no later than 2:00 p.m. on Thursday March 26, 2026. Questions received after this date may not be considered. B-5 SECTION C - BID DOCUMENTS C-1 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS BID SET E CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 Company: Honorable Mayor Members of the Council: In accordance with the Notice Inviting Bids pertaining to the receiving of sealed proposals by the City Clerk of the City of Lake Elsinore for the above titled improvement, the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all Work to be performed in accordance with the Specifications, Standard Drawings, and the Contract Documents, for the unit price or lump sum set forth in the following schedule: BID SCHEDULE A— Item No. Unit Total Bid Description Quantity Units Price ($) ($) Mobilization & Demobilization 1 Including Construction Schedules $ $ Not To Exceed 3% of Total Bid 2 Labor, Material and Performance $ $ Bonds 3 Complete Roof System $ $ 4 Insulation Drywall and Paint $ $ 5 Exterior Paint $ $ 6 Stucco $ $ 7 Rough and Finish Plumbing $ $ 8 Rough and Finish Electrical $ $ 9 All Doors and Windows White Vinyl) $ $ 10 Asphalt and Concrete gutter $ $ 11 Metal Works (Handrails Stairs, Guard $ $ Rails Balcony Railing) 12 $ $ Window Trellis 13 $ $ Building Gutters 14 $ $ Catch Basin 15 $ $ Solar 16 $ $ Exterior Lighting C-2 SCHEDULE A Total Bid: (Figures*) SCHEDULE A Total Bid: (Words*) *BID MAY BE REJECTED IF TOTAL IS NOT SHOWN FOR BOTH FIGURES AND WORDS. C-3 The undersigned agrees to enter into and execute a contract, with necessary bonds, at the unit prices set forth herein and in case of default in executing such contract, with necessary bonds, the check or bond accompanying this bid and the money payable thereon shall be forfeited thereby to and remain the property of the City of Lake Elsinore. The above unit prices include all work appurtenant to the various items as outlined in the Contract Documents and all work or expense required for the satisfactory completion of said items. In case of discrepancies between unit prices and totals, the unit prices shall govern. The undersigned declares that it has carefully examined the Specifications, and Contract Documents, and has investigated the site of the work and is familiar with the conditions thereon. Contractor Date: By: Contractor's State License No.: Class: Address: Phone: FAX: C-4 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF ADDENDA RECEIVED SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E The Bidder shall acknowledge the receipt of addenda by placing an "X" by each addendum received. Addendum No. 1 Addendum No. 2 Addendum No. 3 Addendum No. 4 If an addendum or addenda have been issued by the City and not noted above as being received by the Bidder, the Bid Proposal may be rejected. Bidder's Signature Date C-5 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) SS COUNTY OF ) (NAME) Affiant being first duly sworn, deposes and says: That he or she is of (Sole owner, partner or other proper title) the party making the foregoing Bid, that the Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham Bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham Bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other Bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the Contract of anyone interested in the proposed Contract; that all statements contained in the Bid are true; and, further, that the Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company associations, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham Bid. (Public Contract Code Section 7106) Address: Telephone No.: Print Name: Signature: Title: Date: SIGNING INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRACTOR Non-Collusion Affidavit must be accompanied by notary certificates for signature. Note the description of the document on the notary certificate. Attach notary certificate immediately following this page. If the Bidder fails to properly sign or omits the required signature, the bid will be considered non- responsive and will be rejected. C-6 BOND NO. BIDDER'S BOND SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E KNOW ALL MEN OR WOMEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we as PRINCIPAL, hereinafter referred to as "Contractor", and a duly authorized corporate as "Surety," are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lake Elsinore in the penal sum of TEN PERCENT (10%) OF THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE BID of the Contractor above named, submitted by said Contractor to the City of Lake Elsinore for the work for said project entitled above, for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to be made, to the City of Lake Elsinore to which said bid was submitted, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. In no case shall the liability of the surety hereunder exceed the amount of THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH: That whereas the Contractor has submitted the above-mentioned Bid to the City of Lake Elsinore as aforesaid for the work for said project entitled above. NOW, THEREFORE, if the aforesaid Contractor is awarded the Contract and, within the time and manner required under the Contract documents, after the prescribed forms are presented to him or her for signature, enters into a written Agreement in the prescribed form and in accordance with the Contract documents, and files two bonds with the City of Lake Elsinore, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials, in accordance with said Contract documents, and as required by law, and files the required insurance certificate(s) in accordance with said Contract documents, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect until execution of the Agreement or forfeiture pursuant to the Provisions of Sections 20172 and 20174 of the Public Contract Code. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the City and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the City in such suit, including a reasonable attorney fee to be fixed by the court. (SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS) C-7 BIDDER'S BOND SIGNATURE PAGE SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals on this day of 20_ BIDDER: CORPORATE SURETY: Contractor Name: Company Name: Address: Address: Telephone No.: Telephone No.: Print Name: Print Name: Title: Title: Signature: Signature: Date: Date: SIGNING INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRACTOR Bidder's Bond must be accompanied by notary certificates for EACH signature. Note the description of the document on the notary certificate. Attach BOTH notary certificates immediately following this page. Corporate Seal may be affixed hereto. The attorney-in-fact for corporate surety must be registered, as such, in at least one county in the State of California. Attach one original Power of Attorney immediately following the notary certificates. If the Bidder fails to properly sign or omits the required signatures, the bid will be considered non- responsive and will be rejected. C-8 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E The bidder is required to fill in the following blanks in accordance with the provisions of the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Chapter 2 of Division 5, Title 1 of the Government Code of the State of California) and should familiarize itself with Sections 2-3 of the Standard Specifications. Name Under Which Subcontractor is Licensed: License Number: Address of Office, Mill or Shop: Specific Description of Sub-Contract: and Bid Items of Work: Name Under Which Subcontractor is Licensed: License Number: Address of Office, Mill or Shop: Specific Description of Sub-Contract: and Bid Items of Work Name Under Which Subcontractor is Licensed: License Number: Address of Office, Mill or Shop: Specific Description of Sub-Contract: and Bid Items of Work: Name Under Which Subcontractor is Licensed: License Number: Address of Office, Mill or Shop: Specific Description of Sub-Contract: and Bid Items of Work: Subcontractors listed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-3 must be properly licensed under the laws of the State of California for the type of work that they are to perform. Do not list alternate subcontractors for the same work. C-9 REFERENCES SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E Failure to demonstrate adequate experience may result in rejection of the bid. For all public agency projects with a similar scope of work which you have worked on (or are currently working on) in the past three (3) years, provide the following required information: 1. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: 2. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: 3. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: C-10 4. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: 5. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: 6. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: 7. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: C-11 List any other projects (private, older than three (3) years, etc.) that may represent qualifying similar experience: 1. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: 2. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: 3. Name (Firm/Agency): Address: Contact Person: Telephone No.: Title of Project: Project Location: Date of Completion: Contract Amount: C-12 CONTRACTOR'S INFORMATION SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E Contractor's License No.: Class: a. Date first obtained: Expiration b. Has License ever been suspended or revoked? If yes, describe when and why: c. Any current claims against License or Bond? If yes, describe claims: Principals in Company (List all — attach additional sheets if necessary): NAME TITLE LICENSE NO. (If Applicable) C-13 VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E 1. Has your firm or its officers been assessed any penalties by an agency for noncompliance or violations of Federal, State or Local labor laws and/or business or licensing regulations within the past five (5) years relating to your construction projects? YES/NO (circle one) Federal / State / Local (circle one) If"yes," identify and describe, (including agency and status): Have the penalties been paid? YES/NO (circle one) 2. Does your firm or its officers have any ongoing investigations by any public agency regarding violations of the State Labor Code, California Business and Professions Code or State Licensing Laws? YES/NO (circle one) Code/Laws: Section/Article: If"yes," identify and describe, (including agency and status): C-14 DISQUALIFICATION OR DEBARMENT SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E Has your firm, any officer of your firm, or any employee who has a proprietary interest in your firm ever been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, performing work on, or completing a federal, state or local project because of a violation of law or a safety regulation? YES / (circle one) NO If yes, provide the following information (if more than once, use separate sheets): Date: Entity: Location: Reason: Provide Status and any Supplemental Statement: Has your firm been reinstated by this entity? YES / (circle one) NO C-15 SECTION D - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS D-1 Agreement No. AGREEMENT FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (name of Contractor) SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E This Agreement for Public Works Construction ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of 202_, by and between the City of Lake Elsinore, a municipal corporation ("City") and , a ("Contractor"). The City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, agree as follows: 1. The Project and Project Documents. Contractor agrees to construct the following public improvements ("work") identified as: SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 The City-approved plans for the construction of the Project, which are incorporated herein by reference and prepared by , are identified as: The Project Documents include this Agreement and all of the following: (1) the Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Documents including Bidder's Proposal as submitted by the Contractor, Contract Documents, General Specifications, Special Provisions, and all attachments and appendices; (2)everything referenced in such documents, such as specifications, details, standard plans or drawings and appendices, including all applicable State and Federal requirements; (3) all required bonds, insurance certificates, permits, notices, and affidavits; and (4) any and all addenda or supplemental agreements clarifying, amending or extending the work contemplated as may be required to insure completion in an acceptable manner. All of the provisions of the above-listed documents are made a part of this Agreement as though fully set forth herein. 2. Compensation. a. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements to be made and performed by City, Contractor agrees to construct the Project, including furnishing all materials and performing all work required for the Project, and to fulfill all other obligations as set forth in the Bidder's Proposal, such contract price being dollars ($ ). b. City hereby promises and agrees to employ, and does hereby employ, Contractor to provide the materials, do the work, and fulfill the obligations according to the terms and conditions herein contained and referred to, for the prices set forth, and hereby contracts to pay the same at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions set forth in the Project Documents. C. Contractor agrees to receive and accept the prices set forth in the Bidder's Proposal as full compensation for furnishing all materials, performing all work, and fulfilling all obligations D-2 hereunder. Such compensation shall cover all expenses, losses, damages, and consequences arising out of the nature of work during its progress or prior to its acceptance including those for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof in the manner and time specified in the Project Documents; and also including those arising from actions of the elements, unforeseen difficulties or obstructions encountered in the prosecution of the work, suspension or discontinuance of the work, and all other unknowns or risks of any description connected with the work. 3. Completion of Work. a. Contractor shall perform all work at different intervals within a total of ninety workinq days (90) from the date of commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed or the Letter of Intent, and shall provide, furnish and pay for all the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment, and all taxes, utility and transportation services required for construction of the Project. b. All work shall be performed and completed in a good workmanlike manner in strict accordance with the drawings, specifications and all provisions of this Agreement as hereinabove defined and in accordance with applicable laws, codes, regulations, ordinances and any other legal requirements governing the Project. C. Contractor shall not be excused with respect to the failure to so comply by any act or omission of the City, the Director of Public Works, the City Engineer, a City inspector, or a representative of any of them, unless such act or omission actually prevents the Contractor from fully complying with the requirements of the Project Documents, and unless the Contractor protests at the time of such alleged prevention that the act or omission is preventing the Contractor from fully complying with the Project Documents. Such protest shall not be effective unless reduced to writing and filed with the City within three (3) working days of the date of occurrence of the act or omission preventing the Contractor from fully complying with the Project Documents. d. City and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement and further agree that if the work called for under the Agreement is not completed within the time hereinabove specified, damages will be sustained by the City and that, it is and will be impracticable or extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual amount of damages the City will sustain in the event of, and by reason of, such delay. It is, therefore, agreed that such damages shall be presumed to be in the amount of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per calendar day, and that the Contractor will pay to the City, or City may retain from amounts otherwise payable to Contractor, such amount for each calendar day by which the Contractor fails to complete the work, including corrective items of work, under this Agreement within the time hereinabove specified and as adjusted by any changes to the work. 4. Changes to Work. City and Contractor agree that the City may make changes to the work, or suspend the work, and no matter how many changes, such changes or suspensions are within the contemplation of the Contractor and City and will not be a basis for a compensable delay claim against the City nor be the basis for a liquidated damages claims against the Contractor. Any change to the work shall be by way of a written instrument ("change order") signed by the City and the Contractor, stating their agreement to the following: a. The scope of the change in the work; b. The amount of the adjustment to the contract price; and c. The extent of the adjustment to the Schedule of Performance. The Director of Public Works is authorized to sign any change order provided that sufficient contingency funds are available in the City's approved budget for the Project. All change in the work authorized by the change order shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Project D-3 Documents. City and Contractor shall negotiate in good faith and as expeditiously as possible the appropriate adjustments for such changes. 5. Bonds. Contractor shall provide, before commencing work, a Faithful Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Bond, each for one-hundred percent (100%) of the contract price in the form that complies with the Project Documents and is satisfactory to the City Attorney. 6. Non-Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any rights, title, interest, duties or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of by Contractor without the prior written consent of City. 7. Licenses. Contractor represents and warrants to City that it holds the contractor's license or licenses set forth in the Project Documents, is registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5 as of March 1, 2015, and holds such other licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Contractor. Contractor represents and warrants to City that Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in effect or obtain at all times during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Contractor to practice its profession. Contractor shall maintain a City of Lake Elsinore business license. 8. Indemnity. Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City and its officials, officers, employees, agents, and volunteers from and against any and all losses, liability, claims, suits, actions, damages, and causes of action arising out of any personal injury, bodily injury, loss of life, or damage to property, or any violation of any federal, state, or municipal law or ordinance, to the extent caused, in whole or in part, by the willful misconduct or negligent acts or omissions of Contractor or its employees, subcontractors, or agents, by acts for which they could be held strictly liable, or by the quality or character of their work. The foregoing obligation of Contractor shall not apply when (1) the injury, loss of life, damage to property, or violation of law arises from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City or its officers, employees, agents, or volunteers and (2) the actions of Contractor or its employees, subcontractor, or agents have contributed in no part to the injury, loss of life, damage to property, or violation of law. It is understood that the duty of Contractor to indemnify and hold harmless includes the duty to defend as set forth in Section 2778 of the California Civil Code. Acceptance by City of insurance certificates and endorsements required under this Agreement does not relieve Contractor from liability under this indemnification and hold harmless clause. This indemnification and hold harmless clause shall apply to any damages or claims for damages whether or not such insurance policies shall have been determined to apply. By execution of this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of this Section and that it is a material element of consideration. 9. Insurance Requirements. a. Insurance. Contractor, at Contractor's own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the Agreement, unless modified by the City's Risk Manager, the following insurance policies. i. Workers' Compensation Coverage. Contractor shall maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance for his/her employees in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In addition, Contractor shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of California for all of the subcontractor's employees. Any notice of cancellation or non-renewal of all Workers' Compensation policies must be received by the City at least thirty (30) days prior to such change. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for City. In the event that Contractor is exempt from Worker's Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance for his/her employees in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Contractor shall D-4 submit to the City a Certificate of Exemption from Workers Compensation Insurance in a form approved by the City Attorney. ii. General Liability Coverage. Contractor shall maintain commercial general liability insurance in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If a commercial general liability insurance form or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the work to be performed under this Agreement or the general aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required occurrence limit. Required commercial general liability coverage shall be at least as broad as Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability occurrence form CG 0001 (ed. 11/88) or Insurance Services Office form number GL 0002 (ed. 1/73) covering comprehensive General Liability and Insurance Services Office form number GL 0404 covering Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability. No endorsement may be attached limiting the coverage. iii. Automobile Liability Coverage. Contractor shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Contractor arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for owned, hired and non-owned vehicles, in an amount of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each occurrence. Automobile liability coverage must be at least as broad as Insurance Services Office Automobile Liability form CA 0001 (ed. 12/90) Code 1 ("any auto"). No endorsement may be attached limiting the coverage. iv. Professional Liability Coverage [if applicable]. Contractor shall maintain professional errors and omissions liability insurance appropriate for Contractor's profession for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors or omissions which may arise from Contractor's services under this Agreement, whether such services are provided by the Contractor or by its employees, subcontractors, or sub consultants. The amount of this insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000)on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single limit per occurrence basis. b. Endorsements. Each general liability and automobile liability insurance policy shall be with insurers possessing a Best's rating of no less than A:VII and shall be endorsed with the following specific language: i. The City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured with respect to liability arising out of work performed by or on behalf of the Contractor, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations. ii. This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects the City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers. Any insurance maintained by the City, including any self-insured retention the City may have, shall be considered excess insurance only and shall not contribute with it. iii. This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each, except with respect to the limits of liability of the insuring company. iv. The insurer waives all rights of subrogation against the City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees or agents. V. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents or volunteers. D-5 vi. The insurance provided by this Policy shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice has been received by the City. C. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. At the City's option, Contractor shall demonstrate financial capability for payment of such deductibles or self-insured retentions. d. Certificates of Insurance. Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance with original endorsements to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein. Certificates of such insurance shall be filed with the City on or before commencement of performance of this Agreement. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with the City at all times during the term of this Agreement. 10. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first class mail. Any such notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below. Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section. If to City: City of Lake Elsinore With a copy to: City of Lake Elsinore Attn: City Manager Attn: City Clerk 130 South Main Street 130 South Main Street Lake Elsinore, CA 92530 Lake Elsinore, CA 92530 If to Contractor: Attn: 11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the City and Contractor. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement. 12. Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Contractor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney. 13. Assignment and Subcontracting. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of any subcontractors. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Contractor under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of the City. Nothing in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and any subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation on the part of the City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise is required by law. 14. Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement. 15. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 16. Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in a state court in the County of Riverside. 17. Litigation Expenses and Attorneys' Fees. If either party to this Agreement commences any legal action against the other party arising out of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled D-6 to recover its reasonable litigation expenses, including court costs, expert witness fees, discovery expenses, and attorneys' fees. 18. Mediation. The parties agree to make a good faith attempt to resolve any disputes arising out of this Agreement through mediation prior to commencing litigation. The parties shall mutually agree upon the mediator and share the costs of mediation equally. If the parties are unable to agree upon a mediator, the dispute shall be submitted to JAMS or its successor in interest. JAMS shall provide the parties with the names of five qualified mediators. Each party shall have the option to strike two of the five mediators selected by JAMS and thereafter the mediator remaining shall hear the dispute. If the dispute remains unresolved after mediation, either party may commence litigation. 19. Authority to Enter Agreement and Administration. Contractor has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement. Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party. The City Manager is authorized to enter into an amendment or otherwise take action on behalf of the City to make the following modifications to the Agreement: (a) a name change; (b) grant extensions of time; (c) non-monetary changes in the scope of services; and/or (d) suspend or terminate the Agreement. The Director of Public Works shall act as the Project administrator on behalf of the City. 20. Prohibited Interests. Contractor maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor,to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Contractor warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom. 21. Equal Opportunity Employment. Contractor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap, ancestry, sex or age. Such non-discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination. If the Contractor is to be paid with federal funds allocated to the City, Contractor agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of 41 CFR 60-1.4(b). 22. Prevailing Wages. a. Contractor and all subcontractors shall adhere to the general prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined and as published by the State Director of the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.2. Copies of these rates and the latest revisions thereto are on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Lake Elsinore and are available for review upon request. b. Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774, 1775, 1776, 1777.5 and 1777.6. Contractor shall comply with the provisions of these Sections. The statutory provisions for penalties for failure to comply with the State's wage and the hours laws will be enforced. C. Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 require the Contractor and all subcontractors to pay not less than the prevailing wage rates to all workmen employed in the execution of the contract and specify forfeitures and penalties for failure to do so. The minimum wages to be paid are those determined by the State Director of the Department of Industrial Relations. Labor Code Section 1776 requires the Contractor and all subcontractors to keep accurate payroll records, specifies the D-7 contents thereof, their inspection and duplication procedures and certain notices required of the Contractor pertaining to their location. The statutory penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages will be enforced. If the Project has been awarded to Contractor on or after April 1, 2015, Contractor and its subcontractors must furnish electronic certified payroll records to the Labor Commissioner. Beginning January 1, 2016, Contractor and its subcontractors must furnish electronic certified payroll records to the Labor Commissioner without regard to when the Project was awarded to Contractor. d. Labor Code Section 1777.5 requires Contractor or subcontractor employing tradesmen in any apprenticeable occupation to apply to the Joint Apprenticeship Committee nearest the site of the public works project, which administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certificate of approval. The certificate will also fix the ratio of apprentices to journeymen to be used in the performance of the Agreement. The Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established for the administration of apprenticeship programs if the Contractor employs registered apprentices or journeymen in any apprenticeable trade and if other contractors on the public works site are making such contributions. Information relative to apprenticeship standards, contributions, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the State Director of Industrial Relations or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards. Labor Code Section 1777.6 provides that it shall be unlawful to refuse to accept otherwise qualified employees as registered apprentices solely on the grounds of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or age. e. Eight hours labor constitutes a legal day's work, as set forth in Labor Code Section 1810. 23. Execution. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become binding upon the parties when at least one copy hereof shall have been signed by both parties hereto. In approving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. [Signatures on next page] D-8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above. "CITY" "CONTRACTOR" CITY OF LAKE ELSINORE, a municipal [insert Contractor name], a [insert entity corporation type] Jason Simpson, City Manager By: Its: ATTEST: City Clerk By: APPROVED AS TO FORM: Its: City Attorney D-9 BOND NO. PREMIUM $ FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND (100% of Total Contract Amount) KNOW ALL MEN AND WOMEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THAT WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Lake Elsinore, State of California, known as "City," has awarded to as Principal hereinafter designated as"Contractor"and have entered into a Contract Agreement whereby the Contractor agrees to construct or install and complete certain designated public improvements, which said Contract Agreement, effective on the date signed by the Mayor, and identified as SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E is hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and WHEREAS, said Contractor under the terms of said Contract Agreement is required to furnish a bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of said Contract Agreement; NOW THEREFORE, we the undersigned Contractor and , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lake Elsinore, County of Riverside in the penal sum of dollars ($ ), lawful money of the United States, to be paid to the said City or its certain attorney, its successors and assigns; for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bound Contractor, his or her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and provisions in said Contract Agreement and any alterations thereof made as therein provided, on his or her or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Lake Elsinore, its officers, agents and employees, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the City and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the City in such suit, including a reasonable attorney fee to be fixed by the court. The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract Agreement or to the work to be performed thereunder, or the Provisions accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Agreement or to the work or the Provisions. D-10 (SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS) D-11 BOND NO. SIGNATURE PAGE TO FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands, and seals on this day of 20 BIDDER: SURETY: Contractor Name: Name: Address: Address: Telephone No.: Telephone No.: Print Name: Print Name: Attorney-in-Fact Signature: Signature: Approved as to Form this day of 20 City Attorney City of Lake Elsinore NOTE: This bond must be executed by both parties. Corporate seal may be affixed hereto. All signatures must be acknowledged before a notary public (attach acknowledgments). The attorney-in-fact for the corporate surety must be registered, as such, in at least one county in the State of California. (Attach one original Power of Attorney sheet for each bond). D-12 BOND NO. PREMIUM $ LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND (100% of Total Contract Amount) KNOW ALL MEN AND WOMEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Lake Elsinore, State of California, known as "City", has awarded to , as Principal hereinafter designated as "Contractor"and have entered into a Contract Agreement whereby the Contractor agrees to construct or install and complete certain designated public improvements, which said Contract Agreement, effective on the date signed by the Mayor, and identified as SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E is hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and WHEREAS, said Contractor under the terms of said Agreement is required to furnish a bond to secure the payment of claims of laborers, mechanics, material men, and other persons, as provided by law; NOW, THEREFORE, we the undersigned Contractor and as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lake Elsinore, County of Riverside, in the penal sum of dollars ($ ), lawful money of the United States, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if said Contractor, his or her or its heirs, executors, administrator, successors or assigns, or subcontractors, shall fail to pay any of the persons described in the California Civil Code Section 3181, or amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed by any such claimant, or any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Franchise Tax Board from the wages of employees of the Contractor and his or her subcontractors, pursuant to Section 13020, of the Unemployment Insurance Code, with respect to such work and labor, that the Surety or Sureties herein will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this bond, otherwise the above obligation shall be void. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the City or other person entitled to bring such an action and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the City in such suit, including a reasonable attorney fee to be fixed by the court. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons described in California Civil Code Section 3181, to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. (SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS) D-13 BOND NO. SIGNATURE PAGE TO LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands, and seals on this day of 20 BIDDER: SURETY: Contractor Name: Name: Address: Address: Telephone No.: Telephone No.: Print Name: Print Name: Attorney-in-Fact Signature: Signature: Approved as to Form this day of 20_ City Attorney City of Lake Elsinore NOTE: This bond must be executed by both parties. Corporate seal may be affixed hereto. All signatures must be acknowledged before a notary public(attach acknowledgments). The attorney-in-fact for the corporate surety must be registered, as such, in at least one county in the State of California. (Attach one original Power of Attorney sheet for each bond). D-14 CONSTRUCTION OR SERVICE CONTRACT Unless waived or modified by the City Engineer, the following endorsement shall be attached to and made a part of all policies insuring the liability of any person, form or corporation performing services under contract for the City of Lake Elsinore. Notwithstanding any inconsistent expression in the policy to which this endorsement is attached, or in any other endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, or made a part thereof, the protection afforded by said policy shall: 1. Include the City of Lake Elsinore as an additional insured. (To include the elected officials, appointed officials, and employees.) 2. Indemnify and save harmless the City of Lake Elsinore against any and all claims resulting from the undertaking specified in the contract known as: SENIOR HOUSING APARTMENTS CIP PROJECT NO. Z20026 BID SET E This hold harmless assumption on the part of the underwriters shall include all costs of investigation and defense, including claims based on damage to substructures not shown, not located on the plans, or shown incorrectly. 3. Not be cancelled except by notice to the City Attorney of the City of Lake Elsinore at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of cancellation. 4. Provide single limit for Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage Liability combined, $1,000,000 each Occurrence, and $2,000,000 Aggregate. 5. Limited classifications, restricting endorsements, exclusions or other special provisions contained in the policy shall not act to limit the benefits of coverage as they shall apply to the City of Lake Elsinore as enumerated in this endorsement. However, nothing herein contained shall affect any rights of the insurer against the insured. 6. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that the following two provisions, (a) and (b), are a part of this contract: (a) That the Contractor specifically agrees to comply with applicable provisions of Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code relating to the employment by contractor or subcontractor under it, of journeyman or apprentices, or workmen, in any apprenticeable craft or trade. (b) By my signature hereunder, as Contractor, I certify that I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract. The limits of liability as stated in this endorsement apply to the insurance afforded by this endorsement notwithstanding that the policy may have lower limits of liability applying elsewhere in the policy. D-15 Duly Authorized Agent Attached to and forming part of Policy No. of the Date: Expiration Date: D-16 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION Pursuant to Section 1861 of the California Labor Code, each contractor to whom a public works contract has been awarded shall sign the following certificate and shall submit same to the City prior to performing any work on the contract: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Worker's Compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of work of this contract." Contractor By: Print Name Signature Title Date Section 3700 of the California Labor Code reads as follows: "Every employer except the State shall secure the payment of compensation in one or more of the following ways: (a) By being insured against liability to pay compensation in one or more insurers duly authorized to write compensation insurance in this state. (b) By securing from the Director of Industrial Relations a certificate of consent to self-insure, which may be given upon furnishing proof satisfactory to the Director of Industrial Relations of ability to self-insure and to pay any compensation that may become due to his employee." D-17 SECTION E — SPECIAL PROVISIONS And SPECIAL FEDERAL PROVISIONS DOCUMENT INDEX PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS E-1 Section 1 Terms, Definitions, Abbreviations, Units of Measurements & Symbols 1-1.1 General The work embraced herein shall be done in accordance with the Special Provisions herein which amend, modify, or supplement the Standard Specifications and Sections I through 600 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (Greenbook) current edition and the Standard Specifications, (Greenbook) current edition. 1-2 Definitions WORD or DEFINITION WORDS Acceptance, Final Acceptance The formal action by the City Council accepting the work as being complete. Agency The City of Lake Elsinore, for which the work is being performed. Bid Documents The Contract Documents, Plans and Specifications prepared for the project for the City for bidding. Bid Item The item of work listed on the Bid Schedule. Board The City Council of the City of Lake Elsinore, constituting the awarding authority of the City. CA Building Code The latest edition adopted by the City of Lake Elsinore of the CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, as published by the International Conference of Building Officials, 5360 South Workman Mill Road, Whittier, California 90601. Builders Books, Inc., 7943 Canoga Avenue, Canoga Park, California 91304, Telephone 1-800-273-7375. The City does not endorse any bookstore, but has provided a source where the information may be obtained. CA Electrical Code The latest edition adopted by the City of Lake Elsinore of the CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE BASED ON THE 2007 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE as developed by the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101. CA Fire Code The latest edition adopted by the City of Lake Elsinore of the UNIFORM FIRE CODE, as published by the International Conference of Building Officials, 5360 South Workman Mill Road, Whittier, California 90601, and Western Fire Chiefs Association, Palm Brook Corporate Center, 3602 Inland Empire Boulevard, Suite B-205, Ontario, California 90601. CA Mechanical Code The latest edition adopted by the City of Lake Elsinore of the UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE, as published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. E-2 CA Plumbing Code The latest edition adopted by the City of Lake Elsinore of the UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE, as published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. City The City of Lake Elsinore. City Council The City Council of the City of Lake Elsinore. Contract Time The number of calendar or working days stated in the Contract Documents for the completion of the work. Detour A temporary route for traffic (vehicular or pedestrian) around a closed portion of a road or travel way. Drawings The part of the Contract Documents which show the characteristics and scope of the work to be performed, and which have been prepared or approved by the Engineer. (Plans) Engineer (or) The City Engineer of the City of Lake Elsinore or other person designated City Engineer by the City Engineer acting either directly or through authorized agents. Estimated Quantities The quantities of estimated work to be performed as contained in the Bid Schedule, which are designated with units or lump sum. Excavation Any operation in which earth, rock, or other material in the ground is moved, removed, or otherwise displaced by means of tools, equipment, or explosives in any of the following ways: grading, trenching, digging, ditching, drilling, augering, tunneling, scraping, cable or pipe plowing and driving, or any other way (CGC 4216). Field Order A written order effecting a change in the work not involving an adjustment in the Contract price or an extension of the Contract time, issued by the Engineer to the Contractor during construction. Geotechnical or The private consulting geotechnical engineer retained to perform soils Soil Engineer and/or material testing. Hazardous Material (1) A substance or combination of substances, which because of its quantity, concentration, or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may either; a) Cause, or significantly contribute to an increase in mortality or an increase in serious irreversible or incapacitating reversible illness; or b) Pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or environment when improperly treated, stored, transported or disposed of or otherwise managed. (2) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the term "hazardous material" shall be understood to also include extremely hazardous material. Inspector The representative of the Engineer who is assigned to inspect conformance of the work to the Plans and Specifications. Laboratory The designated laboratory authorized by the City to test materials and/or work involved in the Contract. E-3 Labor Surcharge and The latest edition in effect on the date upon which the work is Equipment Rental accomplished. Published by the California Department of Transportation, Rates Caltrans Publications, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, California 95815. Liquidated Damages The amount of money specified in the Agreement that the contractor shall forfeit and pay to the City for each day that completion of work is delayed beyond the specified time, including any extension of time for completion. The specified sum of money shall be deducted from any payments due, or to become due, to the contractor. Major Contract The amount of a bid item that is 10% or greater of the total awarded bid Bid Item amount. Manufacturer A person, firm or corporation that fabricates, processes, or creates from raw materials or component parts, materials or equipment to be incorporate into the project. Minor Contract The amount of a bid item is less than 10% of the total awarded bid Bid Item amount. Notice of Completion A notice executed by the City and recorded with the County of Riverside Recorder giving formal notice of the completion of the work. The notice of completion contains the name of the contractor, location of work, and acceptance date. Notice to Proceed or A written notice given by the City to the Contractor specifying the Notice to Proceed authorization date for the start of the contract time or confirming a date for with Construction the start of the contract time previously specified in the Agreement. Notice to Proceed A written notice given by the City to the contractor to proceed with the with Order of acquisition or purchase of materials that are to be incorporated into the Materials work. Owner City of Lake Elsinore unless specified differently. Private Architect (If applicable) The private professional architect or consulting engineer or Engineer who has prepared and signed the Plans. Project The undertaking to be performed as provided in the Contract Documents. Punch List A list of items of work to be completed or corrected by the Contractor in order to complete the work as specified in the Contract Documents. Reference Any specifications referred to in the Contract Documents other than Specification Standard Specifications, including but not limited to bulletins, standards, rules methods of analysis or tests, codes, State Standard Specifications, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time for advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless otherwise specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Shop Drawings All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules and other data which are prepared by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, manufacturer, E-4 supplier, or distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated or installed. Specification Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, Special Provisions, Addenda, Contract Change Orders, and Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the City. These refer to the latest edition including amendments in effect and published at the time and date the Bids are due unless otherwise specifically referred to by Edition, Volume, or Date. Standard Plans Standard Detail Drawings and/or instructions of the Engineering Division of the Public Works Department of the City of Lake Elsinore, which drawings are also referred to as Standard Drawings. Standard The latest edition of the "GREENBOOK," STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, including all SUPPLEMENTAL AMENDMENTS, as prepared by Public Works Standards, Inc., as published by Building News, Inc., 1612 South Clementine Street, Anaheim, California 92802. Telephone number 714.517.0970. These refer to the latest edition including amendments in effect and published at the time and date the Bids are due, unless otherwise specifically referred to by Edition, Volume, or Date. State The State of California Department of The latest edition of the Standard Plans of the State of California, Transportation. Standard Plans State Standard The latest edition of the Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation. Specifications These refer to the latest edition including amendments in effect and published at the time and date the Bids are due, unless otherwise specifically referred to by Edition, Volume, or Date. Supplier Any person or organization who supplies materials or equipment for the work, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor at the site. Technical A part of the Contract Documents consisting of a written description of a Provisions technical nature of materials, equipment, construction system, standards, and workmanship. These provisions are amending, modifying, or supplementing Parts 2 through 6 (Sections 200 through 600 inclusive) of the latest edition of the "Greenbook," Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction including all supplement amendments, and include or amend another agency or utility specifications. Transportation A division within the City of Lake Elsinore's Public Works that is assigned Division traffic related matters. Traffic Engineer The representative of the Engineer who is assigned traffic related matters. E-5 Work That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment. Written Notice Any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part of this Agreement in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when posted by certified or registered mail return receipt requested, to the said party at his last given address, or delivered in person to said party or his authorized representative at the worksite. 1-3 Abbreviations 1-3.2 "Common Usage" Abbreviation Word or Words ADA Americans with Disabilities Act AWG American Wire Gage B&P Business and Professions Code Section No. CA California Administration Code Section No. CC Civil Code Section No. CGC California Government Code Section No. CVC California Vehicle Code Section No. DBE Disadvantaged Business Enterprise EDC Educational Code Section No. LC Labor Code Section No. MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices NEC National Electrical Code PCC Public Contract Code Section No. PS & E Plans Specifications and Estimates RFI Request for Information CBC California Building Code, Pacific Coast Building Officials Conference of the International Conference of Building Officials 1-3.3 Institutions Abbreviation Word or Words AAN American Association of Nurserymen ACI American Concrete Institute AGA American Gas Association Al The Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers AISI American Iron & Steel Institute ANSI United States of America Standards Institute APHA American Public Health Association APWA American Public Works Association ASA American Standards Association (now ANSI) ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSD Community Services District of the City of Lake Elsinore EIA Electronic Industries Association EVMWD Elsinore Valley Municipal Water District E-6 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters OSA Office of State Architect RCTC Riverside County Transportation Commission WRCOG Western Riverside Council of Governments PCA Portland Cement Association RCFC & WCD Riverside County Flood Control and Water Conservation District RDA Community Redevelopment Agency of the City of Lake Elsinore SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council USASI or USAS United States of America Standards Institute (Now ANSI) WMWD Western Municipal Water District 1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations 1 Acre 43,560 S.F. E-7 Section 2 Scope and Control of the Work 2-1 Award and Execution of Contract 2-1.1 Scope of Project The work to be done, in general, consists of furnishing to the satisfaction of the City, all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals unless otherwise specified to construct and complete the Contract in compliance with the Contract Documents,to wit, the Agreement, any and all Contract Change Orders issued after the execution of the Agreement, any and all Addenda issued prior to the opening of the Bids, the Special Provisions (which includes the General Provisions and Technical Provisions), the project Plans, the Standard Plans, the Standard Specifications, reference Specifications, the Bidder's Proposal, the Notice Inviting Bids, the Non-Collusion Affidavit, the Faithful Performance Bond, and the Labor and Material Payment Bond, and the Bidder's Bond. 2-1.2 Examination of Site of Work, Proposal Forms, Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions The Bidder is required to examine carefully the site of work, Proposal forms and all other Contract documents for the work contemplated. The Submission of a Bidder's Proposal shall be considered conclusive evidence that the Bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, as to the character, quality and scope of work to be performed and quantities of materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of all the above documents. 2-1.2.1 Estimated Quantities The estimated quantities given in the Bid Schedule are approximate only, being given as a basis for the comparison of bids. The City does not, expressly or by implication, agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, and reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any portion of the work, or to omit portions of the work, or delete any bid items of work, as may be deemed necessary or advisable by the engineer. 2-1.3 Interpretation of the Documents Discrepancies in and omissions from the Special Provisions, the project Plans or other Contract documents, or questions as to their meaning shall, at once, be brought to the attention of the City. Any interpretation of the documents will be made only by Addenda dully issued, and a copy of such Addenda will be mailed or delivered to each person or firm who is listed by the City as having received a set of such documents. The City will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations. No oral agreement or conversation with any officers, employees, or agents of the City, either before or after execution of the Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms of obligations contained in any of the documents comprising said Contract. 2-1.3.5 Addenda Any Addenda issued prior to the opening of the Bids shall be acknowledged in the Bidder's Proposal and shall become a part of the Contract documents. Addenda shall be acknowledged by listing each individual Addendum numerically on the Bidder's Proposal. If an Addendum or Addenda have been issued by the City and not acknowledged as being received by the Bidder, said Proposal may be rejected as being non-responsive. E-8 2-1.4 Proposal Form and Submittal Bidder's Proposal shall be submitted, on the City's forms included hereinbefore, to the City Clerk of the City of Lake Elsinore. If the Bidder's Proposal is made by an individual, it shall be signed and his full name and post office address shall be given; if made by a partnership, it shall be signed with the partnership name by one of the partners, who shall sign his own name, and in addition, the name and address of each partner shall be give; if it is made by a corporation, it shall be signed by the president or vice- president, plus the secretary or assistant secretary, and the names and titles of all officers of the corporation shall be given. If the Bidder is making a change on the Bidder's Proposal prior to submission of the bid, the Bidder is to line through the existing script, add the revision, and initial. The complete Bidder's Proposal, of these Contract documents, shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as follows, City Clerk, City of Lake Elsinore, 130 South Main Street, Lake Elsinore California 92530, endorsed with the Bidder's company name and address on the upper left corner, at the front of the envelope, the project number, name of project, hour and date of Bid opening as specified in Notice Inviting Bids and the words "SEALED BID, DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL". Bidder's Proposals not received by the City Clerk of the City of Lake Elsinore by the time and date set forth in the Notice Inviting Bids, shall be declared late and returned unopened to the Bidder. The Bidder is solely responsible for the timely delivery of the "Bidders Proposal." 2-1.5 Proposal Guarantee All Bidder's Proposals shall be accompanied by cash, or by cashier's check, certified check or Bidder's Bond, made payable to the City of Lake Elsinore, for an amount equal to not less than ten percent of the total bid amount and no Bidders Proposal shall be considered unless such Proposal guarantee is enclosed therewith (PCC 20170-20171). If the Bidder elects to furnish a Bidder's Bond as his or her Proposal guarantee, he or she shall use the City's form included hereinbefore and the attorney-in-fact for a corporate Surety must be registered as such in at least one county in the State of California and file with the bond a certified and effective dated copy of the related Power of Attorney. 2-1.6 Withdrawal of Bidder's Proposals Any Bidder's Proposal may be withdrawn prior to the time and date set forth in the Notice Inviting Bids for submission of Bids, provided that a request in writing, executed by the Bidder or his or her duly authorized representative for the withdrawal of such Bidder's Proposal, is filed with the City Clerk prior to such time and date. The withdrawal of a Bidder's Proposal shall not in itself prejudice the right of a Bidder to file a new Bidder's Proposal. No bid may be withdrawn or changed after the time noted for submission of Bids. The lowest Bidder may request relief of the Bid by submitting a written notice within five days after the opening of Bids. Whether or not to grant a request for withdrawal of a Bid is within the sole discretion of the City Council. Said written notice shall certify to the following: A. A mistake was made. B. Specifying in detail how the mistake occurred. C. The mistake made the Bid materially different than he or she intended it to be. D. The mistake was made in filling out the Bid and not due to error in judgment or to carelessness in inspecting the site of the work, or in reading the Plans or Specifications. (PCC 5101, 5103) E-9 2-1.7 Disqualification of Bidders More than one Bidder's Proposal from an individual, a firm or partnership, a corporation or an association under the same or different name will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bidder's Proposal, as a Bidder, will cause the rejection of all Bidder's Proposals in which such Bidder is interested. If there is a reason for believing that collusion exists among the Bidders, none of the participants in such collusion will be considered in awarding the Contract. Bidder's Proposals in which the prices obviously are unbalanced may be rejected. If the experience or financial background of the Bidder, as a Contractor, is inadequate or past performance has been unsatisfactory, his or her Bidder's Proposal may be rejected. No Bidder's Proposal will be accepted from a Bidder who is not fully and properly licensed as a Contractor in accordance with the Provisions of Chapter 9 of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code on the date and at the time of the submittal of the Bid Proposal for the work to be done by him or her. (B & P 7028.15) 2-1.8 Rejection of Bidder's Proposals Any Bid containing information which is subsequently proven false or improperly signed shall be considered non-responsive and shall be rejected by the City. A licensed Contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her Contractor's license number appears clearly on the Bid and the license expiration date is stated. Any Bid not containing this information, or Bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non-responsive and shall be rejected by the City. (B & P 7028.15 1) A Bidder's proposal shall be rejected upon the occurrence of any of the following: the Bidder's proposal has been transferred to another Bidder; the Bidder's proposal shows any alterations of form, additions not called for, conditional or alternative bids uncalled for, or failing to provide required information except as allowed by law. If the Bidder is making a change to the Bidder's proposal to submission of the Bid, the Bidder is to line through the existing scripts, add the revision, and initial. A Bidder's proposal maybe rejected if the Bidder's proposal has irregularities of any kind; however, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bidder's proposals as well as to waive irregularities to the extent permitted by law. The List of References form is informational only and Contractors that have not worked on Public Works projects should state, "Have Not Worked Public Works Projects," and include other similar work. 2-1.9 Award of Contract The lowest responsible Bidder will be determined by comparing the cumulative total of all base bid items, and additive bid items based on the Engineer's estimate of quantities for the work to be done (PCC 20103.8b). At the discretion of the City, Additive Bids (if any are included) may be awarded in the order shown on the Bid Schedule. For example, Additive Bid "A" would be awarded prior to Additive Bid "B". The City reserves the right to select the total bid, or the base bid only, or the base bid plus any or all of the Additive Bids for award. In the event that any or all of the Additive Bid(s) E-10 are not awarded with the base Bid, the City reserves the right to add any or all of the Additive Bid(s) by Contract Change Order at the prices bid. The award, if made, will be within sixty (60) working days after the opening of the Bidder's Proposals. In the event the award is not made within the sixty (60) day period, the Bidder may submit to the City claim(s)for additional costs incurred between the end of said sixty(60)day period and date of actual award. All reasonable claims will be considered, and any justifiable costs shall be granted to the Bidder as a Contract Change Order to the Agreement. The Bidder shall submit to the City, when requested and prior to the Award of Contract, a detailed financial statement and resume of previous work of a similar nature. 2-1.10 Execution of Contract The Agreement shall be signed by the successful Bidder in duplicate counterpart and returned, together with the Contract bonds and insurance certificate(s), within five (5) working days after the date of the receipt of the contract by the City Council. No Contract shall be binding upon the City until same has been completely executed by the Contractor and the City. In the event that the successful Bidder, to whom the Contract is awarded, defaults in executing the required Agreement or fails to submit the required Faithful Performance Bond, Labor and Materials Payment Bond, insurance certificate(s), or executed Agreement to the City within five (5) working days after the date of the receipt of the contract, the proceeds of the Bidder's Proposal guarantee accompanying the Bidders Proposal, be it cash, check or bond shall be forfeited to the City of Lake Elsinore, subject to Section 20172 of the Public Contract Code, and his or her Bidder's Proposal, acceptance thereof and the Award of Contract may be considered null and void. If the Contract is then awarded to the next lowest responsible Bidder, the defaulted Bidder's Proposal guarantee shall be used to cover the difference between the lowest bid and the second lowest bid, and any surplus will be returned to the defaulted Bidder or Surety (PCC 20174). 2-1.11 Return of Proposal Guarantees As set forth in the Notice Inviting Bids, within thirty (30) working days from the date of the award of the Contract, the City Clerk will return all the Proposal guarantees accompanying the Bidder's Proposals which are not to be further considered in the award. All other Proposal guarantees will be held until the Agreement has been fully executed, after which time said Proposal guarantees, except those forfeited, will be returned to the respective Bidders. 2-2 Assignment 2-2.1 Contractor Indebtedness Indebtedness incurred by or on behalf of the Contractor for any cause in connection with this work must be paid by the Contractor. The City of Lake Elsinore has no obligation for any indebtedness or claim other than payments under terms of the Contract, and the Contractor shall not represent that he or she has any authority to create by such obligation on behalf of the City. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City of Lake Elsinore, its officers, employees and agents from any loss, demand, damages, claims or actions arising from or in connection with said indebtedness. 2-3 Subcontracts E-11 2-3.1 General In respect to the work performed under the Contract, Subsection 2-3.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: Pursuant to the provisions in Section 1777.1 of the Labor Code, the Labor Commissioner publishes and distributes a list of contractors ineligible to perform work as a subcontractor on a public works project. This list of debarred contractors is available from the Department of Industrial Relations web site at http://www.dir.ca.gov/dir/Labor—law/DLSE/Debar.html. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility In respect to the work performed under the Contract, Subsection 2-3.2, "Additional Responsibility," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: If the Bid submitted by the Contractor fails to meet at least eighty percent (80%) of the amount of work required with its own forces, the Bid will be considered non-responsive and will be rejected with no further consideration. If after execution of the agreement the City discovers the Contractor is performing work amounting to less than eighty percent (80%) of the Contracted amount, except for"Specialty Items," the Contractor will be notified that he or she is in violation of the Contract and will have that portion subcontracted for which is less than eighty percent (80%) of the amount of work required to be performed by the Contractor deducted from payment to the Contractor. The deduction shall not exceed eighty percent(80%)of the Contracted amount required to be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor will not be penalized by the City resulting from Contract Change Orders that increase subcontract items of work. Subcontracts shall include Provisions that the Contract between the City and the Contractor is part of the subcontract, and that all terms and Provisions of said Contract are incorporated in the subcontract. Subcontracts shall also contain certification by the subcontractor that said subcontractor is experienced in and qualified to do, and knowledgeable about, the subcontracted work. Copies of subcontracts shall be available to the Engineer at the time any litigation against the City concerning the project is filed. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors In respect to the work performed under the Contract, Subsection 2-3.3, "Status of Subcontractors" of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: 1. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of subcontractors and of persons employed by them, as the Contractor is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed upon their work. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of the trades, subcontractors and material suppliers engaged upon their work. 3. Neither the City nor any representative of the City will undertake to settle any difference between the Contractor and subcontractors or between subcontractors. 2-4 Contract Bonds All bonds shall be submitted on the City's bond forms included hereinbefore. Each bond shall be signed by both the Bidder and the Surety, with all signatures notarized and all acknowledgments attached thereto. The attorney-in-fact for a corporate Surety shall be registered as such in the State of California and file with each bond an original, notarized, corporately sealed, and effective dated Power of Attorney. Certified copies of the Power of Attorney are acceptable, providing they are contemporaneously signed, notarized, and corporately sealed. E-12 The cost of all bonds, including premiums and incidentals, shall be included in the Contract lump sum price paid for mobilization, and no additional compensation will be allowed. When the Contract does not include a Contract pay item for mobilization, all bond costs shall be considered to be included in and distributed proportionately through all of the Contract items of work. In the event any Contract pay items are deleted, or reduced in quantity or value, no payment will be made to the Contractor for the cost of any portion of the bonds. 2-5 Plans and Specifications 2-5.1.1 Standard Specifications Except as otherwise specified on the Plans or in these Special Provisions, all work shall be in accordance with the Provisions of the latest edition of the "GREENBOOK," STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, including all Supplemental Amendments, as prepared by Public Works Standards, Inc., as published by Building News, Inc., Anaheim, California, which Specifications are hereinafter referred to as the Standard Specifications. Any reference to "Section" or "Subsection" in these Special Provisions shall refer to said Standard Specifications unless noted otherwise. 2-5.3 Submittals 2-5.3.1 General In respect to the work performed under the Contract, under Subsection 2-5.3.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: Within fourteen (14) working days after the Award of Contract, the Contractor shall, at his or her expense, transmit by letter to the Engineer for review and acceptance, working drawings, shop drawings, supporting information, and/or other available instructive and descriptive information from the manufacturer, when and as required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or requested by the Engineer. Shop drawings will normally not be required for standard items in common use for which adequate manufacturers' literature is available. The Contractor shall consecutively number, thoroughly check, approve and sign each submittal and transmit the submittals by letter to the Engineer for review. In the event that certain submittals are submitted without the Contractor's approval signature or are unacceptable to the City, they will be rejected by the Engineer. The Contractor shall thereafter, correct said submittals and resubmit. In the event that in the process of development of the submittals, it is discovered that there are defects and/or errors on the Plans, resulting in conflict between said Plans and the submittals, or if the submittals show variation from the Plans and/or Contract requirements because of standard shop practice or other reasons, the Contractor shall thoroughly describe and explain said defects and/or conflicts in his or her transmittal letter to the Engineer. The Engineer's review of the submittals will be for general design and arrangement only, and shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the submittals or of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correctness of the submittals, for shop fits and field connections, and for the results obtained by use of such submittals. The Contractor shall verify and be fully responsible for all dimensions and job-site conditions affecting the work and shall be responsible for furnishing and installing the proper materials required by the Contract, whether or not indicated on the submittals when reviewed. The Contractor will not be given an extension of contract time due to the failure of the Contractor to provide submittals as required by the Specifications in a timely manner. E-13 2-6 Inspection In respect to work performed under the contract, Section 2-11, "Inspection," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: Inspection of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations to fulfill the Contract. Defective work shall be made good and unsuitable materials may be rejected, notwithstanding that such defective work and materials have been previously approved by the Engineer or included in the quantities for progress payments. The inspector does not have authority to deviate from the plans and specifications, and to obligate the city financially. If any such work is concealed or performed without the prior inspection notice, then the work shall be subject to such tests or exposure as may be necessary to prove to the Engineer that the materials used and the work done are in conformity with the plans and specifications, or may be removed and installed again at the discretion of the City Engineer. All labor, equipment and materials necessary for exposing, testing or complete removal, and installation or replacement shall be furnished by the Contractor at its expense. The Contractor shall replace, at its own expense, any materials or work damaged by exposure or testing. Cost of rework inspection incurred by the City will be deducted from the Contractor's progress payments. Rework inspection cost is as follows: 1. Contractor's failure to complete the Work within the Contract time stated in the Contract and any previously authorized extensions thereof. 2. Extra inspections required for Contractor's correction of defective work. 3. Overtime costs for acceleration of work done for Contractor's convenience. 4. All associated costs including travel. 2-7 Surveying All survey work will be provided by the Owner. The Contractor shall preserve bench marks, survey monuments, survey stakes and points set for lines, grades or measurements of work in their proper places unless removal is authorized by the Engineer. The cost of re-staking due to the negligence of the Contractor will be deducted from the Contractor's progress payment. 2-8 Mobilization Mobilization shall consist of preparatory work and operations, including but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site; for the establishment of all offices, buildings, construction yards, sanitary facilities, and any other facilities necessary for work on the project; and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various contract items on the project site, as well as the related demobilization costs anticipated at the completion of the project. The cost of all bonds and insurance policies, including premiums and incidentals, shall be included in Mobilization. No additional compensation will be allowed for additional mobilizations required, including but not limited to, delays caused by the relocation of existing utility facilities shown on the plans or discovered during construction operations. The amount credited for Mobilization on each monthly progress payment shall be based upon the percentage of the total of the amounts credited for work on all the other contract items for that monthly progress payment, up to a cumulative limit of eighty (80) percent of the contract item price E-14 for Mobilization. The remaining twenty (20) percent of the contract item price for Mobilization shall be paid with the final progress payment. The deletion of work or the addition of extra work as provided for herein shall not affect the price paid for Mobilization. The contract lump sum price paid for mobilization shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tool, equipment, the cost of all bonds and insurance policies, and incidentals, and for doing the work involved in mobilization as specified herein. E-15 Section 3 Changes of Work 3-2 Changes Initiated by the Agency 3-2.1 General In respect to work performed under the Contract, Subsection 3-2.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: The City reserves the right to make changes in the work or eliminate any contract (bid) item of work without impairing the validity of the Contract. Such changes shall be made in accordance with any of the following methods: A. By written modification of Contract (Supplemental Agreement or Contract Change Order) ordered by the City Council. B. By written Contract Change Order, signed by the City Manager or Public Works Director/City Engineer in the amounts specified by City Policy. C. All Contract modifications shall be signed by the Contractor. Changes in the work made pursuant to this section, "Changes in Work" and extensions of completion time made necessary by reason thereof, shall in no way release any Guarantee given by the Contractor of the Contract let hereunder. The Sureties in excluding the Bonds on the Contract made pursuant to the General Conditions shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to any change increasing the cost of the work and to any extension for time made by reason thereof. Such changes in the work shall not relieve or release the Sureties of Bonds executed for the work. Whenever a change is pending, the Contractor shall notify the City if it is necessary to halt other work in the area of the change that would be affected thereby, until such time as the change is authorized. Any change to the Contract amount shall be in a lump sum mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City, except that when, in the opinion of the City such basis is not feasible, the change to the Contract amount shall be determined as provided for in Subsection 3-3, "Extra Work," of the Standard Specifications. Each lump sum quotation from the Contractor shall be accompanied by sufficiently detailed estimates to permit verification of totals in accordance with Subsection 3-3.2, "PAYMENT," of the Standard Specifications. When the work is to be done on a cost-plus-percentage basis, the Contractor shall submit daily work reports as required by the City showing all labor, material and equipment costs incurred, and upon completion of the work, a Summary of Costs, including overhead and profit, and in accordance with Subsection 3-3.2, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications. The signature of the City's inspector on the daily reports does not obligate the City to payment of any or all items of work listed on the City issued daily work reports, the inspector's signature just acknowledges receipt of the City issued daily work report. The Engineer will review the daily report for the applicable items of work related to extra work. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More than 25 Percent In respect to the work performed under the contract, the first paragraph of Subsection 3-2.2.2 "Increases of More than 25 Percent"of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: E-16 Should the actual quantity of a major item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, a Contract Change Order will be issued and payment for the quantity in excess of 25 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of the extension of contract with price adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, Subsection 3-2.4 "Agreed Prices", of the Standard Specifications or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Subsection 3-3 "Extra Work" of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor will be paid at the contract unit price for minor bid items regardless if there is an increase in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) in the quantity listed in the bid. 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More than 25 Percent In respect to the work performed under the contract, the first paragraph of Subsection 3-2.2.3 "Decrease of More than 25 Percent", of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as following: Should the actual quantity of a major item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 75 percent of the Bid quantity, and adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, a Contract Change Order will be issued and payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Subsection 3-3 "Extra Work" of the Standard Specifications; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price. The Contractor will be paid at the Contract Unit Price for minor bid items regardless if there is a decrease in excess of twenty-five (25%) percent in the quantity listed in the bid. 3-3 Extra Work 3-3.1 General In respect to work performed under the Contract, Subsection 3-3.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: The Contractor shall not perform any extra work except upon written authorization from the Engineer. Any change in work shall conform to the original drawings and Specifications insofar as they may apply without conflict to the conditions involved in the change. 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs In respect to work performed under the Contract, the first paragraph of Subsection 3-3.2.2(a), "Labor" of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages prevailing locally for each craft or type of worker (including foreman when authorized by the Engineer) performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. E-17 To the actual wages, as defined above, will be added a labor surcharge set forth in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates," which is in effect on the date upon which the work is accomplished and which is part of the contract. The labor surcharge shall constitute full compensation for all payments imposed by state and federal laws and for all other payments made to, or on behalf of the workers, other than actual wages, subsistence and travel paid to the workers. Labor surcharge includes Workers' Compensation Insurance, Social Security, Medicare, Federal Unemployment, State Unemployment and State Training Taxes. In respect to the work performed under the contract, Subsection 3-3.2.2(b), "Materials," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: If the Contractor does not furnish satisfactory evidence of the cost of the materials from the actual supplier thereof within a specified time period after the date of delivery of material, the Engineer reserves the right to establish the cost of the materials at the lowest current wholesale prices at which the materials were available, in the quantities concerned, delivered to the location of the work, less any discounts. In respect to work performed under the Contract, the first paragraph of Subsection 3-3.2.2©, "Tool and Equipment Rental," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: Individual pieces of equipment or tools not listed in the Equipment Rental Rates and having a replacement value of $200 or less, whether or not consumed by use, shall be considered to be small tools and no payment will be made therefore. The Contractor will be paid for the use of equipment at the rental rates listed for such equipment in the Department of Transportation publication entitled, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates," which is in effect on the date upon which the work is accomplished. Move in and out, or minimum charges other than the hourly rate, shall not apply to equipment available from the force already on the job site. Equipment which is rented from a local equipment agency, other than Contractor owned, the Contractor will be paid at the hourly rate shown on the rental agency invoice or agreement for the time used on extra work. If a minimum equipment rental amount is required by the local equipment rental agency, the actual amount charged will be paid to the Contractor. If it is deemed necessary by the Engineer to use equipment not listed in the Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates publication, a suitable rental rate for that equipment will be established by the Engineer. The Contractor may furnish any cost data that might assist the Engineer in the establishment of the rental rate. If the rental rate established by the Engineer is $10.00 per hour or less, the provisions above concerning rental of equipment from a local equipment agency shall apply. Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns. When owner operated equipment is used to perform extra work to be paid for on a force account basis, the Contractor will be paid for the equipment and operator as follows: Payment for the equipment will be made at the rental rates listed for such equipment in the Department of Transportation publication entitled "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates," which is in effect on the date upon which the work is accomplished. Payment for the cost of labor will be made in conformance with the provisions in Subsection 3- 3.2.2(a) "Labor" of the Standard Specifications as revised. E-18 3-3.2.3 Markup In respect to work performed under the Contract Subsection 3-3.2.3 (a & b), "Markup," of the Standard Specifications, shall be deemed revised to read as follows: The markup for overhead and profit on work added to the Contract shall be according to the following schedule: 1. For work performed by the Contractor's force, the added cost for overhead and profit shall be thirty-three percent (33%) to the cost of labor, fifteen percent (15%) to the cost of materials, and fifteen percent (15%) to the cost of equipment rentals. 2. For work performed by a subcontractor, the added cost for overhead and profit shall be thirty- three percent (33%) to the cost of labor, fifteen percent (15%) to the cost of materials, and fifteen percent (15%) to the cost of equipment rentals, to which the Contractor may add five percent (5%) of the subcontractor's price of the work. The additional five percent (5%) mark- up shall reimburse the Contractor for additional administrative costs, and no other additional payment will be made by reason of performance of the extra work by a subcontractor. 3. For work performed by a sub-subcontractor, the added cost for overhead and profit shall be thirty-three percent (33%) to the cost of labor, fifteen percent (15%) to the cost of materials, and fifteen percent(15%)to the cost of equipment rentals, to which subcontractor and general Contractor may add an additional five percent (5%) each of the total price from the lower tier subcontractor. The additional five percent (5%) mark-up shall reimburse the subcontractor and general Contractor for additional administrative costs, and no other additional payment will be made by reason of performance of the extra work by a subcontractor. 4. For work performed by special force or other special services, the Engineer and the Contractor, by agreement, will determine that a special service or an item of extra work cannot be performed by the forces of the Contractor or those of any of his subcontractors, such service or extra work item may be performed by a specialist. Invoices for such service or item of extra work on the basis of the current market price thereof may be accepted without complete itemization of labor, material, and equipment rental costs when it is impracticable and not in accordance with the established practice of the special service industry to provide such complete itemization. In those instances wherein a Contractor is required to perform extra work necessitating a fabrication or matching process in a fabrication or machine shop facilities away from the job site, the charges for that portion of the extra work performed in such facility may, by Agreement between the Contractor and Engineer, be accepted as a specialist billing. To the specialist invoice price, less a credit to the City for any cash or trade discount offered or available, whether or not such discount may have been taken, will be added fifteen percent (15%) for overhead and profit in lieu of the percentages provided above. 5. The cost of direct supervision, except when provided by working foremen whose time is included above, of Contract Change Order work when done exclusively and not in conjunction or at the same time of other work performed on the job and when approved in advance by the Engineer including only payroll taxes, insurance, pension and direct costs for the labor of supervision, may be charged to the Contract Change Order. The cost of transportation, use of vehicle, and other costs incurred by supervision will not be allowed. 6. For added or deducted work by subcontractors, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, with the subcontractor's signed detailed estimate of the cost for labor, materials, and E-19 equipment, including the markup by such subcontractor for overhead and profit. The same requirement shall apply to subcontractors. 7. For added or deducted work furnished by a vendor or supplier, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a detailed estimate or quotation of the cost to the Contractor for such work, signed by such vendor or supplier. 8. Any change in the work involving both extras and credits shall show a net total cost, including subcontracts. Allowances for overhead and profit, as specified herein, shall be applied if the net total cost is an extra. The estimated cost of deductions shall be based on labor and material prices on the date the Contract was executed. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor In respect to work performed under the Contract, Subsection 3-3.3, "Daily Reports by Contractor," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed to include the following: Material charges shall be substantiated by valid copies of vendor's invoices. Such invoices shall be submitted with the daily extra work reports, or if not available, they shall be submitted with subsequent daily extra work reports. The Contractor shall maintain Contractor's records in such a manner as to provide a clear account basis and the costs of other operations. Daily extra reports shall be made on City daily work report forms. The daily extra reports shall describe in detail the work that was performed, location (station, etc.). Separate daily extra reports shall be submitted for work that is being performed for more than one location or for different tasks that occur on the same day. The Engineer will compare Inspector's records with the completed daily extra work reports furnished by the Contractor and make any necessary adjustments. When these daily extra work reports are agreed upon and signed by both parties, said reports shall become the basis of payment for the work performed. 3-3.4 Extension of Time If the Contractor is delayed in completing the work by reasons of any change ordered by the City, the time for completion of work will be extended for a period equal to the number of days by which the entire project has been delayed because of such change. The Contractor will not be liable for liquidated damages for such period of time and shall have no claim for any other compensation for any such delay except as provided herein. 3-5 Disputed Work In respect to work performed under the Contract, the first paragraph of Subsection 3-5, "Disputed Work" of the Standard Specification shall be deemed revised to read as follows: If unable to reach agreement under any of the foregoing procedures, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the work. Payment shall be made for such work as is later determined by negotiation between the parties or as is fixed by a court of law. 3-6 Format for Changes in Work 3-6.1 General A Contract Change Order will be issued for all changes in the work unless a supplemental agreement is made between the City and Contractor. The Contract Change Orders will be made E-20 on a City form and will contain a summary of all costs as supplied by the Contractor or agreed to by the City and Contractor. The Contractor shall use City Contract Change Order report forms (as follows): 3-6.2(a) Change Order Summary Report 3-6.2(d) Material Cost Report 3-6.2(b) Labor Cost Report 3-6.2(e) Equipment Cost Report 3-6.2(c) Labor Rates Report 3-6.2(f) Special Forces/Services Cost Report Date CCO Proposal No. Contractor Item No. Location 3-6.2 (a) CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY REPORT AMOUNT General Contractor 1. Labor Cost:.............................................................................$ 2. Material Cost: .........................................................................$ 3. Equipment Cost: .....................................................................$ 4. Special Forces/Services: ........................................................$ Subtotal Contractor Cost:........................................................$ 5. Subcontractor/Sub-subcontractor Name a. Labor Cost .................................................$ b. Material Cost..............................................$ C. Equipment Cost..........................................$ Subtotal Subcontractor/Sub-subcontractor Cost.......................$ 6. Subcontractor/Sub-subcontractor Name a. Labor Cost .................................................$ b. Material Cost..............................................$ C. Equipment Cost..........................................$ Subtotal Subcontractor/Sub-subcontractor Cost.......................$ TOTAL CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER COSTS ....................$ E-21 Date CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor Item No. Location 3-6.2 (b) LABOR COST REPORT HOURLY EXTENDED CLASSIFICATION AND NAME HOURS RATE AMOUNTS Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ FTOTALLABOR $ Overhead/profit 33%................................................................................$ Total labor/overhead/profit .......................................................................$ Subcontractor's mark-up of total sub-subcontractor labor/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5% $ General contractor's mark-up of total subcontractor or sub-subcontractor labor/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5%..............$ Total.........................................................................................................$ E-22 Date CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor Item No. Location 3-6.2 © LABOR RATES REPORT CLASSIFICATION: TAXABLE BASE: AMOUNT Base Hourly Pay $ Vacation $ TOTAL TAXABLE BASE $ TAXES & INSURANCE PERCENT AMOUNT Social Security Tax $ State Unemployment Tax $ Federal Unemployment Tax $ Workmen's Compensation $ Liability & Umbrella Insurance $ TOTAL TAXES & INSURANCE $ FRINGE BENEFITS AMOUNT Pension $ Health & Welfare $ Training $ Other Fringe Benefits $ TOTAL FRINGE BENEFITS $ TOTAL LABOR RATE PER CLASSIFICATION $ E-23 Date CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor Item No. Location 3-6.2 (d) MATERIAL COST REPORT INVOICE DESCRIPTION AMOUNT NO. 1. Material $ Sales Tax (Prevailing Tax Rate) 8.75% $ Subtotal $ 2. Material $ Sales Tax (Prevailing Tax Rate) 8.75% $ Subtotal $ 3. Material $ Sales Tax (Prevailing Tax Rate) 8.75% $ Subtotal $ SUBTOTAL MATERIAL COST $ NOTE: An itemized list of materials, manufacturers, serial numbers, invoices and other pertinent date shall be submitted along with the material cost report. Overhead/profit 15%.........................................................................................$ Total material/overhead/profit............................................................................$ Subcontractor's mark-up of total sub-subcontractor material/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5%.......................................$ General contractor's mark-up of total subcontractor or sub-subcontractor material/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5%......$ Total..................................................................................................................$ E-24 Date CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor Item No. Location 3-6.2 (e) EQUIPMENT COST REPORT EQUIPMENT NO. HOURLY EXTENDED (Description, Type, Size) HOURS RATE AMOUNTS SUBTOTAL EQUIPMENT COST $ Overhead/profit 15% ............................................................................................$ Total equipment/overhead/profit...........................................................................$ Subcontractor's mark-up of total sub-subcontractor equipment/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5% .....................................$ General contractor's mark-up of total subcontractor or sub-subcontractor equipment/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5%.....$ Total.....................................................................................................................$ E-25 Date CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor Item No. Location 3-6.2 (f) SPECIAL FORCES/SERVICES COST REPORT INVOICE DESCRIPTION AMOUNT NO. 1. $ Subtotal $ 2. $ Subtotal $ 3. $ Subtotal $ SUBTOTAL MATERIAL COST $ NOTE: An itemized list of materials, manufacturers, serial numbers, invoices and other pertinent date shall be submitted along with the special forces/services cost report. Overhead/profit 15% ...........................................................................................$ Total Special Forces/Services Overhead/Profit....................................................$ E-26 Section 4 Control of Materials 4-1 Materials and Workmanship 4-1.1.1 Property Rights in Materials Nothing in the Contract shall be construed as vesting in the Contractor any right, title or interest in material used in the work after it has been attached or affixed to the work or the soil. All such material shall become the property of the City upon being so attached or affixed. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials In respect to work performed under the contract, Subsection 4-1.2, "Protection of Work and Materials," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: Materials shall not be stored in the right-of-way unless written permission is given by the Engineer. 4-1.3 Tests of Materials In respect to work performed under the Contract the third sentence of the first paragraph of Subsection 4-1.4, "Test of Material" of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: Unless otherwise called for hereinafter in these Special Provisions, all testing will be performed by the City in such number and at such locations as deemed necessary by the Engineer to insure compliance with the Plans and Specifications; the cost of all initial testing will be borne by the City; the cost of all retesting will be borne by the Contractor, and the amount due the City for said retesting will be deducted from the Contractor's progress. 4-1.5 Certification A Certification of Compliance shall be furnished prior to the use of any materials for which these Specifications or the Special Provisions require that a certificate be furnished. In addition, when so authorized in these Specifications or in the Special Provisions, the Engineer may permit the use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer of the material or the manufacturer of assembled materials, and shall state that the materials involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the specifications. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each lot of material delivered to the work and the lot so certified shall be clearly identified in the certificate. All materials used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for incorporating material in the work which conforms to the requirements of the Plans and Specifications, and any material not conforming to the requirements will be subject to rejections, whether in place or not. The City reserves the right to refuse to permit the use of material on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance. E-27 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals In respect to work performed under the Contract, Subsection 4-1.6, "Trade Names or Equals" of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: The words "or equal" shall be interpreted to mean "or approved as equal in the opinion of the Engineer." Within ten (10) working days from the date of the Award of Contract, the Contractor shall, at his/her expense, submit a written request to the Engineer for each desired substitution, accompanied by complete descriptive information from the manufacturer, samples as requested by the Engineer, complete detailed test results from a licensed independent testing laboratory of the City's choice if requested by the Engineer, and if requested by the Engineer, an evaluation report from a qualified licensed professional engineer, all for final evaluation by the Engineer. If in the Engineer's opinion, the requested substitution is of lesser quality or in variance with that specified, or if the information submitted is insufficient or incomplete, the requested substitution will be disallowed and the specified materials or equipment shall be furnished. No request for substitutions submitted, after the 10-day deadline specified hereinabove, will be considered. The City may describe in the "Notice Inviting Bids," in the Bidder's Schedule, Specifications, Plans, or Request for Proposals that a particular material, product, thing, or service is designated by specific brand or trade name in accordance with Section 3400 of the Public Contract Code for either of the following purposes: a) In order that a field test or experiment may be made to determine the product's suitability for future use, b) In order to match other products in use on a particular public improvement, either completed or in the course of completion. 4-1.10 Foreign Materials Materials which are manufactured, produced or fabricated outside of the United States shall be delivered to a distribution point in California, unless otherwise required in these Specifications or the Special Provisions, where they shall be retained for a sufficient period of time to permit inspection, sampling, and testing. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time for acts or events occurring outside of the United States and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to deliver materials obtained from outside of the United States to the point of entry into the continental United States in sufficient time to permit timely delivery to the job site. The Contractor, at no cost to the City, shall supply the facilities and arrange for any testing required in California, which the City is not equipped to perform. All testing by the Contractor shall be subject to witnessing by the Engineer. The manufacturer, producer or fabricator of foreign material shall furnish to the Engineer a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions in Subsection 4-1.5 "Certification." In addition, certified mill test reports or actual specimen tests clearly identifiable to the lot of material shall be furnished where required in these Specifications or otherwise required by the Engineer. If the welding of steel for structural steel members or the casting and pre-stressing of precast pre-stressed concrete members is to be performed outside of the United States, the following requirements shall apply: E-28 A. The fabrication shall be performed only within the plants and by fabricators who have previously established, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that they have the experience, knowledge, trained manpower, quality controls, equipment and other facilities required to produce the quality and quantity of work required. At the option of the Engineer, prequalification of the plant and fabricator will be established either by the submission of detailed written proof thereof or through in-plant inspection by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative, or both. B. The Contractor shall make written application to the Engineer for approval for the foreign fabrication at the earliest possible time and in no case later than 50 days in advance of the planned start of fabrication. The application shall list the specific units or portion of a work that will be fabricated outside of the United States. C. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer, in writing, at least 20 days in advance of the actual start of any of the foreign fabrication. D. All documents pertaining to the Contractor, including but not limited to, correspondence, Bid documents, working drawings and data shall be written in the English language and all numerical data shall use the International System of Units (SI)for measurement. 4-1.11 State Specification Number The State Specification number of material furnished on the Contract shall conform to the number specified in these Specifications or the Special Provisions for the material involved, except that material conforming to a later specification issue will be acceptable. E-29 Section 5 Utilities 5-1 Location In respect to work performed under the Contract, the third paragraph of Subsection 5-1, "Location " of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: When work is to be conducted in an area which is known, or reasonably known, to contain underground utilities or subsurface improvements, the Contractor shall contact Underground Service Alert of Southern California at least 2 working days, but not more than 14 working days in advance of any construction activity, which will or could damage or affect any underground utility or subsurface improvement, and obtain an inquiry identification number (CGC 4216). The Contractor shall delineate with white paint or other suitable markings the area to be excavated. The Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert in the event of change in the project limits or change in original work previously shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications. When all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all markings for underground utilities. Subsurface installations are considered within 24 inches (600mm) horizontally on either side of the exterior surface of the subsurface installation (CGC 4216). When the subsurface installation markings are no longer reasonably visible, the Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert to remark those subsurface installations which may be affected by excavation to the extent necessary (CGC 4216.3©). 5-5 Delays In respect to work performed under the contract, Subsection 5-5, "Delays," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: In accordance with Section 4215, of the California Government Code, if such utilities have not been identified with reasonable accuracy in the Contract documents, the Contractor shall be compensated for the cost of protecting, removing, relocating, and repairing damage to main or trunk line utility facilities located on the job site, where not due to the failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care; and for the operating costs for equipment on the project necessarily idled during such work. 5-7 Agency Phone Numbers The following list of individuals or entities, that may have facilities in the area to be improved hereunder is merely for the Contractor's information and may not be accurate or complete: Time Warner Communications 951.549.3977 City of Lake Elsinore, Public Works Division 951.674.3124 City of Lake Elsinore, PW Operations Department 951.674.5170 City of Lake Elsinore Police Department 951.245.3300 City of Lake Elsinore Fire Department 951.674.2161 Elsinore Valley Municipal Water District 951.674.3146 Lake Elsinore Unified School District 951.674.7731 Comcast Cable 951.549.3997 Riverside Transit Agency 951.684.0850 SBC (formerly Pacific Bell) 800.750.2355 E-30 Southern California Edison Company 951.928.8206 Southern California Gas Company (Distribution) 909.335.7582 Southern California Gas Company (Transmission) 213.244.2268 Trash Collection (CR&R)t 800.755.8112 Underground Service Alert 800.227.2600 Verizon 951.929.9493 5-9 Southern California Edison Company Temporary Electrical Service Connection for Construction Power The Contractor shall apply for and pay all charges levied by Southern California Edison Company for rendering temporary electrical service to this project. Charges can be obtained by contacting Southern California Edison Company, 26100 Menifee Road, Romoland, California 92585, Phone 951.928.8288. The foregoing address and telephone numbers are for informational assistance only and may not be accurate or complete. 5-10 Pothole The Contractor shall pothole all underground utilities and substructures to determine the depth for clearance or conflicts for any underground improvements such as gas lines, telephone lines, electrical lines, sewer lines, water lines, storm drain lines, etc. The Contractor shall take an adequate number of potholes to determine an average depth of the underground utility and substructures. The Contractor shall provide the City with the location and elevation of the utility, and if the utility conflicts with the improvement plan. The potholing information is to be recorded on the plan and shall be submitted to the City after completion of the potholing task. All potholes shall be re-compacted and paved when in a paved area. The Contractor shall begin potholing activities as one of the initial work items prior to commencing construction. Full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, materials, and tools required to perform Pothole of all underground utilities and substructures, and as ordered by the Engineer, shall be considered as being included in the various Contract items of work and no separate or additional compensation will be allowed therefore. E-31 Section 6 Prosecution, Progress and Acceptance of the Work 6-1 Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work In respect to work performed under the Contract of Subsection 6-1, "Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work", of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include as follows: The Contractor's representative and the Contractor's principal subcontractors shall attend the City's pre-construction meeting. Other agencies and utilities involved in this project may also have separate pre-construction meetings; the contractor and applicable subcontractors are required to attend the agency/utility meetings. In respect to work performed under the Contract, the first sentence of the first paragraph of Subsection 6-1, "Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: The Contractor shall submit a proposed construction schedule (Gant Chart) for the entire work to the City for review and approval five (5) working days prior to the Pre-Construction Meeting and revised schedules thereafter as required by the City when the Contractor's activities differ or are expected to differ from the latest existing schedule. If the Contractor has not submitted a Construction Schedule upon the date to start work in the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor will not be allowed to start work and will not be granted additional time. The Contractor shall refer to the PROJECT SPECIFIC SCOPE OF WORK section in the Technical Provisions for any required or preferred sequence of work. In respect to work performed under the Contract, the second paragraph of Subsection 6-1, "Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed to have been deleted. 6-3 Suspension of Work 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries In respect to work performed under the contract Subsection 6-3.2 "Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed to include: During construction, if subsurface archaeological resources are encountered, they shall be left in place and a qualified archaeologist shall be called in to examine the findings. Work shall not resume, where discovery was made, until the archaeologist has reviewed the findings, made recommendations for their removal or preservation, and has a reasonable opportunity to carry out the necessary mitigation procedures. An extension of time will be granted only where the Contractor shows that there is no possible way to proceed with other work items. 6-6 Delays and Extensions of Time 6-6.1 General In respect to work performed under the Contract, add to the first paragraph of Subsection 6-6.1, "General" of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: E-32 Work will not be allowed on days predicted by the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SAQMD) to be "Stage III" smog episode days. Notification will be given to the Contractor's representative by the Engineer no later than 3:00 p.m. on the day preceding the predicted "Stage III" episode day. The Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time for such delays, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays. Work required to maintain the project site in a safe condition (including but not limited to maintenance of traffic control), shall be allowed on all days. 6-7 Time of Completion 6-7.2 Working Day In respect to work performed under the Contract, the third item of the first paragraph of Subsection 6-7.2, "Working Day,"of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: The following days have been designated as holidays by the City of Lake Elsinore: New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King, Jr. Day 3rd Monday in January President's Day 3rd Monday in February Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day 1st Monday in September Columbus Day October 12 Veterans' Day November 11 Thanksgiving 4th Thursday in November Day after Thanksgiving 4th Friday in November Christmas Day December 25 If a holiday falls upon a Sunday, the following Monday shall be the day the holiday is observed, and if a holiday falls upon a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be the day the holiday is observed. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting In respect to work performed under the Contract, Subsection 6-7.3, of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed to include the following: The Contract time, commencement of work, and completion of work, including corrective items of work, shall be in accordance with Section 4 of the Agreement. Extensions of time, when granted by the Engineer, will be in working days and will otherwise be in accordance with the Standard Specifications and given in writing by Contract Change Order. 6-7.4 Work Outside Regular Hours No work shall be allowed outside of regular working hours (in general unless specified, 7:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m., on weekdays), without the approval of the Engineer, except work items relating to maintenance and cleanup of the work area for the purpose of public safety and convenience. E-33 The Contractor shall not fuel, grease, or perform work on the equipment or trucks between the hours of 7:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m., Monday through Friday, and at no time on Saturday, Sunday or holidays. Should work outside of the above hours be approved, inspection, testing and construction engineering costs as a result of the work outside of regular working hours shall be paid by the Contractor at the hourly rate, including fringe benefits, at straight time or time and one-half rates as applicable, or if consultant inspection service is retained by the City, then the Contractor will reimburse the City for the actual cost. Under no circumstances will work outside regular hours be allowed without full-time inspection. 6-8 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty 6-8.1 Warranty of Work and Materials The Contractor shall warranty that all work performed by him/her under this Contract fully meets the requirements thereof as to quality of workmanship and materials furnished. If any defects in materials or workmanship become evident within a period of one year from the date of the acceptance of the work by the City Council, the Contractor shall, at his or her own expense, make any repair or replacement necessary, including repair of settled backfill and resurfacing, pay administrative costs relative to inspection, testing, Contract administration, and attorney fees to restore the work to full compliance with the Plans and Specifications. Such repair and replacement shall be made promptly upon receipt of written notice from the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to make such repair and replacement promptly, the Engineer may cause the work to be done and the costs incurred thereby shall become the liability of the Contractor and his or her Surety. If in the opinion of the Engineer, defective work creates a dangerous condition or requires immediate correction or attention to prevent further loss to the City or to prevent interruption of operations of the City, the City will attempt to give the notice required by this article. If the Contractor cannot be contacted or does not comply with the Engineer's request for correction within a reasonable time as determined by the Engineer, the City may, notwithstanding the Provisions of this article, proceed to make such correction or provide such attention, and the costs of such correction or attention shall be charged against the Contractor. Such action by the City will not relieve the Contractor of the guarantees provided in this article or elsewhere in this Contract. This article does not in any way limit the warranty on any items for which a longer warranty is specified or on any items for which a manufacturer gives a guarantee for a longer period, nor does it limit other remedies of the City in respect to latent defect, fraud implied warranties, or assigned claims. Warranty does not include items of maintenance with normal ware or items over which the Contractor has no control. Payment for fulfilling the requirements of this section shall be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various Contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. E-34 6-9 Liquidated Damages Liquidated damages shall be in the amount as specified in the Agreement and shall be for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time allowed under this Contract for the completion of the work, including corrective items of work as adjusted by the Contract Change Order. The amount of the liquidated damages shall be deducted from payments due the Contractor. Liquidated damages are $1,000/ day. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the project, when such delay was caused by the failure of the City or the Owner of a utility to provide for removal or relocation of an existing unknown utility facility. E-35 Section 7 Responsibilities of the Contractor 7-1 The Contractor's Equipment and Facilities 7-1.1 General In respect to work performed under the Contract, the first paragraph of Subsection 7-1.1, "General" of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. In respect to work performed under the contract, the second paragraph of Subsection 7-1.1, "General", of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include as follows: The Contractor shall provide a hand washing facility. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation. 7-2.3 Prevailing Rates of Wages The City has obtained from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations the general prevailing rate for straight time, overtime and holiday work in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of work known to be needed to execute the work, copies of which are on file with the Capital Projects Division of the City of Lake Elsinore and are available to any interested party. Notwithstanding Section 1771 of the Labor Code, the Contractor is not required to pay the general prevailing rate of per diem wages or the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work for any Public Works project of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) or less when the project is for construction work, or for any Public Works project of fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) or less when the project is for alteration, demolition, repair, or maintenance work. (LC Sec. 1771.5) The Contractor shall forfeit to the City, as a penalty, $50.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the per diem wage required by the Department of Industrial Relations for any work done under the Contract by him or her, or by any subcontractor under him or her in violation of the provisions of the California Labor Code. It is hereby stipulated that the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of California Labor Code, Section 1775. As used in this paragraph, the term "per diem wages" shall be deemed to include travel and subsistence payments which are required by California Labor Code, Section 1773.8, to be paid to each worker performing work under the Contract. The Contractor shall post, in a location visible and accessible to all employees, all applicable prevailing wage rates, whether included herein or not, on a job site bulletin board to be supplied and installed by the Contractor. In the event there are no more than ten (10) employees on the job site at any one time, the Contractor may, in lieu of the above, keep a neat and clean copy of all applicable prevailing wage rates anywhere on the job site, provided that all employees are made aware of its existence and are given full and free access to said copy. The Contractor is required to submit weekly certified payrolls to the Public Works Department, Capital Projects Division. E-36 7-2.4 Eight-Hour Day - Forty Hour Week Requirements Pursuant to the Provisions of Sections 1810-1815, of the California Labor Code, eight hours of labor shall constitute a legal day's work and notwithstanding any stipulation inserted in any Contract pursuant to the requirements of said sections, work performed by employees of Contractors in excess of 8 hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week, shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours per day at not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay. The Contractor shall forfeit to the City, as a penalty, $25.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than one and one-half the basic rate for any overtime work done under the Contract by him/her or by any subcontractor under him. 7-2.5 Apprentices This Contract shall not prevent the employment of properly indentured apprentices in accordance with Sections 1777.5, 1777.6, and 1777.7, of the California Labor Code. Pursuant to said Section 1777.6, neither the Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded, nor any subcontractor working under him or her shall refuse to accept otherwise qualified employees as indentured apprentices on the work performed hereunder, on the ground of race, creed, national origin, ancestry, color, sex or, except as provided in Section 3077 of the California Labor Code, on the grounds of age. Every qualified apprentice shall be paid the standard wage paid to apprentices under the regulations of the craft or trade in which he or she is employed and shall be employed only in the craft or trade to which he or she is indentured. All public works Contracts of general Contractors involving at least $30,000 or twenty (20) working days and on Contracts of specialty Contractors, not bidding for work through a general or prime Contractor, involving at least $2,000 or five (5) working days are subject to Sections 1777.5, 1777.6, and 1777.7, of the California Labor Code pertaining to the apprenticeship program. If California Labor Code Section 1777.5 applies to this Contract, the Contractor and any subcontractors hereunder who employ workers in any apprenticeship craft or trade shall apply to the joint apprenticeship council administering applicable standards for a certificate approving the Contractor or subcontractor for the employment and training of apprentices. Upon issuance of this certificate, the Contractor and any subcontractor shall employ the number of apprentices provided for therein, as well as contribute to the fund to administer the apprenticeship program in each craft or trade in the area of the work. It is hereby stipulated that the prime Contractor shall bear the sole responsibility for compliance with this Section and with Sections 1777.5, 1777.6, and 1777.7, of the California Labor Code in regard to all apprenticeship occupations. 7-2.6 Employment of Minors The Contractor shall not employ or engage any minor under 16 years of age for the purpose of building or construction work of any kind (Title 8 CAC 11701, LC 1294). When minors between 16 and 18 years of age are employed or engaged in building or construction work, the Contractor must obtain Permits to Work and Permits to Employ Minors from school authorities in the school district in which the minor resides or attends school (ED 49110 to 49113, 49131, &49160). Any Contractor that hires a minor, of 16 years of age or older, who is a high school graduate or who has been awarded a certificate of proficiency is exempt from the permit requirements (ED 49101). E-37 The Contractor shall keep on file all Permits to Work and Permits to Employ, records showing the names, ages (dates of birth) and address of all minors employed, along with payroll records for at least three years (ED 49161, LC 1174, 1175, 1299). The minors' records are to be open at all times for inspection by school attendance officers, members of the Industrial Welfare Commission, and designees, probation officers, officers of the Superintendent at Public Instruction, and officers of the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement (ED 49164, 49181, LC 1174, 1299). The Contractor shall submit to the City a copy of Permits to Work and Permits to employ or proof of graduation or certificate of proficiency before any minor is allowed to work. Failure to comply with the provisions of the child labor laws may cause the imposition of criminal and civil sanctions. Labor Non-Discrimination "No discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons upon public works because of the race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, marital status, or sex of such persons, except as provided in Section 12940 of the Government Code, and every Contractor for public works violating this section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of this chapter." 1. During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor and its subcontractors shall not unlawfully discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, marital status, age (over 40) or sex. Contractors and subcontractors shall ensure that the evaluation and treatment of their employees and applicants for employment are free of such discrimination. Contractors and subcontractors shall comply with the provision of the Fair Employment and Housing Act (California Gov. Code (CGC), Section 12990 et seq.) and the applicable regulations promulgated thereunder (California Code of Regulations, Title 2, Section 7285.0 et seq.). The applicable regulations of the Fair Employment and Housing Commission implementing Government Code, Section 12990, set forth in Chapter 5, of Division 4, of Title 2, of the California Code of Regulations are incorporated into this Contract by reference and made a part hereof as if set forth in full. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall give written notice of their obligations under this clause to labor organizations with which they have a collective bargaining or other agreement. 2. This Contractor shall include the nondiscrimination and compliance provisions of this clause in all subcontracts to perform work under the Contract. These specifications are applicable to all state Contractors and subcontractors having a construction Contract or subcontract of$5,000, or more (CGC, 12990). 1. As used in the Specifications: a. "Administrator" means Administrator, Office of Compliance Programs, California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, or any person to whom the Administrator delegates authority; b. "Minority" includes: • Black(all persons having primary origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa, but not of Hispanic origin); E-38 • Hispanic (all persons of primary culture or origin in Mexico, Puerto Pico, Cuba, Central or South America or other Spanish derived culture or origin regardless of race); • Asian/Pacific Islander (all persons having primary origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent or the Pacific Islands); and • American Indian/Alaskan Native (all persons having primary origins in any of the original peoples of North America and who maintain culture identification through tribal affiliation or community recognition). 2. Whenever the Contractor or any subcontractor subcontracts a portion of the work, it shall physically include in each subcontract of$5,000 or more, the nondiscrimination clause in this Contract directly or through incorporation by reference. Any subcontract for work involving a construction trade shall also include the Standard California Construction Contract Specifications, either directly or through incorporation by reference. 3. The Contractor shall implement the specific nondiscrimination standards provided in paragraph 6(a) throul(e) of these Specifications. 4. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women, shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these Specifications, Government Code, Section 12990, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 5. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor or the California Department of Industrial Relations. 6. The Contractor shall take specific actions to implement its nondiscrimination program. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these Specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor must be able to demonstrate fully its efforts under steps (a) thigh (e) below. a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and at all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligations to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Provide written notification within seven days to the director of DFEH when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. c. Disseminate the Contractor's Equal Employment Opportunity Policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training, recruitment and outreach programs and requesting E-39 their cooperation in assisting the Contractor to meet its obligations; and by posting the company policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. d. Ensure all personnel making management and employment decisions regarding hiring, assignment, layoff, termination, conditions of work, training, rates of pay or other employment decisions, including all supervisory personnel, superintendents, general foremen, on-site foremen, etc., are aware of the Contractor's Equal Employment Opportunity Policy and obligations, and discharge their responsibilities accordingly. e. Ensure that seniority practices,job classifications,work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities, to ensure that the equal employment related activities, the employment opportunity policy, and the Contractor's obligations under these Specifications are being carried out. 7. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations that assist in fulfilling their Equal Employment Opportunity obligations. The efforts of a Contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under these Specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractors. 8. The Contractor is required to provide equal employment opportunities for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Fair Employment and Housing Act (Gov. Code, Section 12990 et seq.) if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner. 9. Establishment and implementation of a bona fide Affirmative Action Plan pursuant to Section 8104 (b)of this Chapter shall create a rebuttal presumption that a Contractor is in compliance with the requirements of Section 12990, of the Government Code and its implementing regulations. 10. The Contractor shall not use the nondiscrimination standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, marital status, or age over 40. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm decertified from state Contracts pursuant to Government Code Section 12990. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these Specifications and the nondiscrimination clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Government Code Section 12990, and its implementing regulations by the awarding agency. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these Specifications and Government Code Section 12900. 13. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company's Equal Employment Opportunity Policy is being carried E-40 out, to submit reports relating to the Provisions hereof as may be required by OCP and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation, if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status, (e.g., mechanic, apprentice trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in any easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, the Contractor shall not be required to maintain separate records. 7-3 Liability Insurance Liability Insurance shall be in accordance with Section 6 of the Agreement. In respect to work performed under the Contract, Subsection 7-3, "Liability Insurance," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed to have been deleted. 7-4 Workers' Compensation Insurance Workers' Compensation Insurance shall be provided by the Contractor as called for under Subsection 7-4, "Workers' Compensation Insurance," of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance with limits as established by the State of California. 7-5 Permits and Fees In respect to work performed under the Contract, the first sentence to the first paragraph of Subsection 7-5, "Permits", of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: No work shall be started until the Contractor has obtained all necessary licenses and permits. Therefore, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work and to the preservation of the public health and safety. Fees will not be collected on those permits obtained from the City for City-owned projects. 7-2.7 Trench and Excavation Permits Excavation shall not be started on any trench, vertical or sloping, that is five feet (5') or more in depth until the Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety and submitted a copy of said permit to the Engineer(LC6500). Upon demand by the City or the State Division of Industrial Safety or representatives thereof, the Contractor shall produce the permit. 7-2.8 National Pollutant The Contractor shall provide National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit training for Urban Runoff management to Contractor's employees and subcontractors, if any. Failure to provide Urban Runoff management training is a violation of Regional Water Quality Control Board Order No. R8-2002-0011, NPDES No. CAS 618033 (Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System NPDES Permit), Section XI.I, for each day of which such failure occurs, and shall in addition, be a breach of the contract with the City. Contractor understands and agrees that NPDES Permit violations are grounds for enforcement action by the Environmental Protection Agency, and State/Regional Water Resources Control Board and the City, and may result in permit termination (stop work order), civil and criminal fines, and termination of contract. By E-41 submitting a bid, the Contractor certifies to the City that he/she has trained his/her employees and subcontractors, if any for Urban Runoff management and included sufficient sums in the bid price to cover such costs of said training. The Contractor is responsible for all clean up and payment of all fines levied as a result of any illegal discharge (as defined in said NPDES Permit)occurring as a result of the Contractor's work and/or operations. 7-5.3 Right of Entry The City will provide any required rights of entry at no cost to the Contractor for work on private property where shown on the Plans. Such rights of entry do not relieve the Contractor of the need to provide, at his or her cost, permits and insurance required of the Contractor by other agencies and organizations. At no time shall the Contractor encroach on Caltrans Right-of-Way without a proper encroachment permit from Caltrans. All work including staging, debris/materials stockpiling, site ingress/egress shall be performed outside of Caltrans ROW at the Ortega Highway (SR-74) and Grand Avenue ground monument location. All Caltrans encroachment fees if applicable shall be borne by the Contractor. For the Ortega (SR-74) and Grand Avenue project location, the City has previously obtained permission and an easement from the private property owner to enable the Contractor to access the job site via private property. Contractor shall be responsible for returning the private property to its original condition or better following construction including the replacement of fencing, driveway approaches, and associated appurtenances. 7-5.4 Licenses The Contractor and subcontractors shall obtain and incur all costs for licenses necessitated by his or her operations. Prior to starting any work, the Contractor and subcontractors shall be required to have a City of Lake Elsinore business license valid for at least the life of the Contract; subcontractors shall have business licenses valid for the time they are engaged in work under the Contract. 7-6 The Contractor's Representative In respect to work performed under the Contract Subsection 7-6, "The Contractor's Representative," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed to include the following: The Contractor's representative shall give to the engineer a daily list of all labor, equipment, and materials used on the project for that day. The Contractor's authorized representative shall be present at the site of the work at all times while work is actually in progress. Work by subcontractors will not be allowed in the absence of the contractor's authorized representative, unless previous arrangements are agreed to by the Engineer. In the event a subcontractor attempts to perform work in the absence of the contractor's authorized representative, a STOP WORK NOTICE will be issued to the subcontractor. When work is not in progress and during periods when work is suspended, arrangements acceptable to the Engineer shall be made for any emergency work which may be required. E-42 7-8 Work Site Maintenance 7-8.1 General In respect to work performed under the Contract, the second paragraph of Subsection 7-8.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: When and as often as required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish and operate self- loading motorized street sweeper equipped with a functional water spray system, to keep paved areas affected by the work clean and dust free. If the sweeper fails to keep the paved areas clean and dust free then the Contractor shall provide the additional sweepers or stop the work until the paved areas are clean and dust free. The use of water resulting in mud on paved areas will be not permitted. In respect to work performed under the contract, Subsection 7-8.1, "General", of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include as follows: All cleanup costs shall be included in the various related items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed as a result of suspension of work for failure to comply with clean up orders. 7-8.6.4 Dewatering In respect to work performed under the contract, the second paragraph of Subsection 7-8.6.4, "Dewatering", of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to include as follows: The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. 7-8.7 Flood Hazards and Dry Weather Flow Special attention is directed to possible flood hazards, or nuisance water such as irrigation and other runoff. The Contractor shall be responsible for all personal injuries and for all damages to any portion of the work occasioned by the above causes and the Contractor shall make good such injuries or damages at no cost to the City prior to the completion and acceptance of the work. 7-8.8 Vermin Control At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed be a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from exterminating operations. 7-8.9 Protection of the Work The Contractor shall protect all work, materials, and equipment from damage from any cause whatever, and shall provide adequate and proper storage facilities during the progress of the work. He or she shall provide for the safety and good condition of all work until final acceptance of the work by the City, and shall replace all damaged or defective work, materials, and equipment before requesting final acceptance. E-43 The Contractor is and shall be held responsible for the protection and correction of the work of all trades from smears, splashes, stains, or damages that might occur in the process of the work. The Contractor shall remove graffiti from all work, materials, equipment, and signs within the project. Equipment, materials, or signs containing graffiti shall not be brought to the project. Any graffiti found on work, materials, equipment, or signs shall be cleaned or removed from the project within 24 hours from its discovery. The cost of graffiti removal shall be borne by the Contractor, and shall be considered as being included in the various Contract items. 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements In respect to work performed under the contract, Section 7-9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements", of the standard specifications shall be deemed revised to include the following: Damaged traffic signal loop detectors must be replaced within five (5) working days. 7-10 Public Convenience and Safety 7-10.1.1 Traffic and Access Traffic controls, including but not limited to, vehicular and pedestrian traffic controls, maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian access, detours, and street closures shall be in accordance with the Special Provisions; Traffic Control Plans; the current California MUTCD, Part 6, "Temporary Traffic Control"; the current "Work Area Traffic Control Handbook"; and Subsection 7-10, "Public Convenience and Safety"of the current"Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction," including all its subsequent amendments. Nothing in the Special Provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from his or her responsibility to provide for the safety and convenience of traffic and the public during construction. In the event of conflict, the order of precedence shall be as follows: 1. Special Provisions 2. Traffic Control Plans 3. California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2006 Edition as amended for use in California), Part 6, "Temporary Traffic Control" 4. Work Area Traffic Control Handbook. (WATCH) 5. Standard Specifications 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets In respect to work performed under the Contract, the first and second paragraphs of Subsection 7-10.2, "Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: Stockpiling or storage of materials on any public right-of-way or parking areas and/or Caltrans right-of-way will not be permitted. Materials spilled along or on said right-of-way or parking areas shall be removed completely and promptly. All stockpile and storage areas shall be kept in a safe, neat, clean, and orderly fashion, and shall be restored to equal or better than original condition upon completion of the work. Whenever vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder of a roadway within six feet (6') of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable E-44 delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment, and along the edge of the pavement at twenty-five foot (25') intervals to a point not less than twenty-five feet (25') past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work) or W21-5b (Shoulder Work) sign shall be mounted on a telescoping flag tree with flags. The Contractor shall install temporary railing (Type K-Modified) between any lane carrying public traffic and any excavation, obstacle, or storage area when the following conditions exist: 1. Excavations - Any excavation the near edge of which is 12 feet or less from the edge of the lane, except: a. Excavations covered with sheet steel or concrete covers of adequate thickness to prevent accidental entry by traffic or the public. b. Excavations less than one foot deep. c. Trenches less than one foot wide for irrigation pipe or electrical conduit or excavations less than one foot in diameter. d. Excavations parallel to the lane for the purpose of pavement widening or reconstruction. e. Excavations in side slopes, where the slope is steeper than 4:1. f. Excavations protected by existing barrier or railing. 2. Temporarily Unprotected Permanent O—stacles-Whenever the work includes the installation of a fixed obstacle together with a protective system, such as a sign structure together with protective railing, and the Contractor elects to install the obstacle prior to installing the protective system; or whenever the Contractor, for his convenience and with permission of the Engineer, removes a portion of an existing protective railing at an obstacle and does not replace such railing complete in place during the same day. 3. Storage Areas - Whenever material or equipment is stored within 12 feet of the lane and such storage is not otherwise prohibited by the specifications. 7-10.3.1 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades Street closures are usually not allowed on City streets however, the Contractor may request full street closure from the City Council. The Contractor shall submit a request for street closure to the City Council through the City of Lake Elsinore Engineering Division. The Contractor shall notify the Police, Fire, Traffic, and Engineering Departments of, or serving, the City of Lake Elsinore at least 48 hours in advance of closing, or partially closing, or of reopening, any street, alley or other public thoroughfare, and shall comply with their requirements in respect thereto. If the telephone numbers herein below are changed, the Contractor is not relieved of the responsibility of notifying said departments. The following telephone numbers are listed to assist the Contractors in compliance with these requirements: Fire Department Emergency 911 Business 951.955.4777 Police Department Emergency 911 Business 951.245.3300 Public Works Department 951.674.5170 Engineering Division 951.674.3124 Ext. 241 E-45 In any site affected by peak hour traffic flows, no lane closure shall be allowed before 8:30 a.m. and after 4:00 p.m. unless permitted in writing by the engineer. The Contractor shall submit a Traffic Control Plan signed by a Traffic Engineer to the City of Lake Elsinore at or prior to the pre-construction meeting for approval by the Public Works Department Traffic Engineer. 7-10.4.1.1 Excavation and Shoring Plan When required by Labor Code Section 6705, the Contractor shall submit, in advance of any excavation, a detailed Plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, shielding, sloping, or other Provisions to be made for worker protection from caving ground. No excavation shall be made until said detailed Plan is submitted by the Contractor and accepted by the City. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable requirements of said Section 6705, and as therein provided, no requirements of that Section shall be construed to impose tort liability on the City or on any employee or officer of the City. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes In respect to work performed under the Contract, the following paragraph shall be deemed to be added to Subsection 7-10.4.3, "Special Hazardous Substances and Processes," of the Standard Specifications: The Contractor shall take precautions not to spill or contaminate an area with hazardous material. Materials found to be hazardous substances pursuant to the Hazardous Substances Information and Training Act (commencing with Section 6360 of the California Labor Code), in general such as epoxy resins, motor oils, and petroleum derivatives are deemed to be hazardous substances and shall be disposed of properly. If any hazardous material is spilled or contaminates an area, the Contractor shall notify the Riverside County Department of Health, Environmental Health Division, and have the spill or contaminated area cleaned up at the Contractor's expense. The hazardous materials shall be disposed of in accordance with the laws governing said material at a State or United States Environmental Protection Agency approved treatment, storage or disposal facility, or recycling facility. The Contractor shall give the City a copy of the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest promptly after disposition of the hazardous material. This provision shall not be construed to affect or limit any other liability, duty or responsibility of the Contractor or other person with regard to safeguarding the health and safety of employees and other persons exposed to a toxic or hazardous material. 7-10.4.4 Emergency Phone Numbers The following emergency phone numbers are listed for the convenience of the Contractor to assist in complying with these requirements: The Contractor shall keep a list of emergency phone numbers on the job site. Whenever more than ten (10) employees are on the job site at any time, said list shall be posted on a bulletin board, to be supplied and installed on the job site by the Contractor, at his expense, in a location visible and accessible to all employees. Time Warner Communications 951.549.3977 City of Lake Elsinore, Engineering Division 951.674.3124 City of Lake Elsinore, PW Operations Department 951.674.5170 City of Lake Elsinore Police Department 951.245.3300 City of Lake Elsinore Fire Department 951.674.2161 E-46 Elsinore Valley Municipal Water District 951.674.3146 Lake Elsinore Unified School District 951.674.7731 Comcast Cable 951.549.3997 Riverside Transit Agency 951.684.0850 SBC (formerly Pacific Bell) 800.750.2355 Southern California Edison Company 951.928.8206 Southern California Gas Company (Distribution) 909.335.7582 Southern California Gas Company (Transmission) 213.244.2268 Verizon (GTE) 800.483.4000 Trash Collection (CR&R) 800.755.8112 Underground Service Alert 800.227.2600 The City does not warrant the completeness or accuracy of the list or the numbers. 7-10-4.5 Safety Responsibility The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the condition of the premises on which the work is performed and for the safety of all persons and property on the site during performance of the Contract. This requirement shall not be limited to normal working hours, but shall apply continuously. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the Contractors Injury and Illness Prevention Program and a site program five (5) working days before the preconstruction meeting. The site Injury and Illness Prevention Program shall include the name and telephone number of the Project Safety Manager or Officer. The Contractor shall correct all unsafe conditions immediately. The Engineer will use the following guidelines when an unsafe condition is identified: 1. Imminent Hazard—a condition that if not corrected would most likely result in an accident causing severe or permanently disabling injury or death. When an imminent condition is known to exist or when the Contractor either delays in correcting or permits repeated occurrences of a/the hazardous condition, the Engineer will immediately order the Contractor to suspend the operations affected and not permit the work to resume until the condition has been corrected. The local Division of Industrial Safety office will be notified of the hazardous condition and of the action taken. 2. Dangerous Condition—a condition that does not present an immediate danger to workers, or the public, but if not corrected could result in a disabling injury and possible death, or could develop into an imminent hazard. When a dangerous condition is known to exist, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the conditions and allow a reasonable period for correcting the condition. If the Engineer is not certain of the remedial measures proposed or taken by the Contractor, then the City or Caltrans construction safety coordinator shall be consulted. If the Contractor does not correct the dangerous condition or if the condition is deteriorating into an imminent hazard, the engineer will suspend the affected operations. 3. Minor or Non-Serious Condition—conditions that could result in minor or less serious injuries, or that are repetitive in nature, or that may be classified as a threat to health. E-47 When minor or non-serious conditions are known to exist, the Engineer should advise the Contractor of the condition(s) and of the necessity for eliminating it. If the Contractor fails to correct the problem or permits its repeated occurrence on subsequent operations, the Engineer will suspend the affected operations. The Contractor will not be allowed any additional compensation or extension of time for suspended operations due to unsafe conditions. The Contractor shall immediately notify the City and document any observed defects or hazardous conditions in the vicinity of the project site prior to, during and after the project construction. 7-15.1 Payroll Records The Contractor and all subcontractors of the Contractor shall keep accurate payroll records, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice or worker employed by him. Such records shall be available to the Contractor's employees and their authorized representative(s)as regards to the employees' own payroll records, the City, the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, and the Division of Apprenticeship Standards in compliance with Section 1776, of the California Labor Code. The Contractor shall submit weekly to the City, beginning within ten (10) days of the end of the first payroll period, certified copies of said payroll records, and upon notice shall, within ten (10)days, submit certified copies of said payroll records to the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement and the Division of Apprenticeship Standards. The Contractor shall cause an identical clause to be included in every subcontract for work under this Contract. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring compliance with Labor Code Section 1776. The Contractor shall allow the City, or Division of Labor Standards Enforcement and the Division of Apprenticeship Standards to conduct employee interviews. Certified Payroll records shall be numbered consecutively and the last certified payroll record marked "final." If there is a break where no work is performed, the Contractor shall submit a certified payroll numbered and marked "no work performed." In accordance with Section 1771.5(b)(5), of the California Labor Code, the City will withhold Contract payments when the payroll records are delinquent or inadequate. Payments will be released after the City has received and reviewed the payroll records and finds the records to be in compliance with Labor Code Section 1776. 7-15.2 Owner-Operator Listing The Contractor and subcontractors shall list all owner-operators on the project and certify owner- operator status by providing at least the following information: A. Operator name as shown on all payrolls. B. Business address of the owner-operator. C. The owner-operator's social security number. D. The truck/tractor license number, California identification truck number, weight, and number of axels. If equipment is used, the Contractor must provide a complete description of the equipment, make, model number, and include the dates the equipment was operated on the project. E. Operator labor classification. E-48 F. Hours worked by the owner-operator as reported on a daily basis. G. Hourly rental rate paid for the owner-operator equipment. H. Actual payments earned. This information must be provided by the Contractor on the "Owner-Operator Listing" and "Owner-Operator Listing Statement of Compliance" forms. Certification will be accepted only from the Contractor or subcontractor employing the owner-operator. The City will not accept certified payrolls or an Owner-Operator Listing directly from the owner-operator unless that owner-operator is a licensed contractor, and is also an approved subcontractor or recognized lower tier subcontractor. The Contractor shall submit the "Owner-Operator Listing Statement of Compliance" form weekly to the City, beginning within ten (10) days of the end of the first week worked. If there is a temporary break in the work, then the Contractor shall submit an Owner- Operator Listing marked "no work performed." When the owner-operator is no longer needed, then the word "final" shall be placed above the name of the owner-operator. The information shown on the "Owner-Operator Listing" will be used to determine the hourly wage rate due by deducting the prevailing equipment rental rate as set forth in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" from the gross hourly rate shown on the owner-operator listing (without mark-up). The determined hourly wage will be compared to the applicable craft or classification of the prevailing wage rate plus fringe benefits to determine compliance. To differentiate an owner-operator from a contractor's employee the requirements used are as follows: If review of payroll records show that deductions for social security taxes or state unemployment insurance taxes are withheld for the owner-operator, it is an indication that the operator is an employee rather than an independent contractor. An employee interview of the owner-operator indicates that the owner-operator is in fact an employee. Truck owner-operators should be the registered owner of the vehicle. The name of the driver should match the name of the registered owner on the Department of Motor Vehicle's registration. If the legal owner is a firm or corporation, and the firm or corporation name is shown on the vehicle registration slip, the driver shall furnish evidence that they are leasing or purchasing the vehicle. If the owner-operator is unable to substantiate purchase or lease of the equipment, the City will disallow use of the owner-operator classification for this truck. Insurance for the vehicle shall be carried in the driver's name. The California identification (CA) number issued by the California Highway Patrol (CHP) shall be in the driver's name. If the equipment owner-operator owns, is leasing, or financing the equipment other than a truck, then the operator shall furnish such evidence. If the owner-operator is unable to substantiate that they own, are purchasing, or leasing the equipment, the engineer will disallow use of the owner-operator classification for the equipment. The Contractor must establish proof of ownership in cases where there is doubt as to the validity of the owner-operator designation. 7-16 Record Drawings At the beginning of the project, one bond copy or blueline print of each applicable drawing will be issued by the City for use in preparing record drawings. E-49 Actual construction conditions shall be accurately and completely recorded on the bond copy or blueline prints as the project progresses. The contractor shall update the record drawings daily and review the record drawings with the inspector weekly. If the Contractor fails to update record drawings, the monthly progress payment will not be processed until the inspector is satisfied that the record drawings have been updated for the month the Contractor is requesting a progress payment. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall sign the record drawings and shall submit same to the City's Inspector for checking and approval. The 5% retention will not be released to the contractor until the record drawings (red line "As Built Drawings") have been submitted to the City and approved. If the Contractor has not submitted an accurate copy of the record drawings within 30 working days of the construction completion date, the City reserves the right to obtain the necessary resources to prepare the record drawings and deduct all applicable costs incurred from the Contractor's retention amount. 7-17 Rights in Land and Improvements Nothing in these specifications shall be construed as allowing the Contractor to make any arrangements with any person to permit occupancy or use of any land, structure, or building within the limits of the contract for any purpose whatsoever, either with or without compensation, in conflict with any agreement between the City and any owner, former owner, or tenant of the land, structure, or building. The street right-of-way shall be used only for purposes that are necessary to perform the required work. The contractor shall not occupy the right-of-way, or allow others to occupy the right-of- way, for purposes that are not necessary to perform the required work. The Contractor shall secure at his/her own expense any area required for plant sites, storage of equipment or materials, or for other purposes if sufficient area is not available to him/her within the contract limits, or at the sites designated on the plans outside the contract limits. The City will provide rights of entry at no cost to the Contractor for the work on private property at the Ortega Highway (SR-74) and Grand Avenue project location where shown on the plans. At no time shall the Contractor be permitted to encroach on Caltrans ROW without an encroachment permit. Such rights of entry do not relieve the Contractor of the need to provide, at his/her cost, permits and insurance required of the contractor by other agencies and organizations. E-50 Section 8 Facilities for Agency Personnel Facilities for Agency Personnel will not be required on this project. Section 9 Measurement and Payment 9-1.2.1 Final Pay Quantities for Unit Basis Items of Work All items of work which are not designated on the Bid Schedule by the letters "F." or "L.S." or words"Final"or"Lump Sum", shall have final pay quantities measured and paid for in accordance with the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions. 9-2.1 Progress Payments for Lump Sum Items of Work The word "Complete" in the Estimated Quantities column of the Bid Schedule for a lump sum item of work shall mean that payment for that item will only be made after all work for that item has been completed. The % symbol in the Estimated Quantities column of the Bid Schedule for a lump sum item of work shall mean that progress payments for that item will be allowed. 9-2.2 Final Pay Quantities for Lump Sum Items of Work When the estimated quantity for an item of work is designated on the Bid Schedule by the letters "L.S." or the words "Lump Sum," said estimated quantity shall be the final quantity for which payment for said item of work will be made, unless the dimensions of said work, as shown on the Plans, are revised by the Engineer. If such dimensions are revised, and such revisions result in an increase or decrease in the quantity of such work, the final payment for said lump sum item will be revised in proportion to the change in quantities and authorized by Contract Change Order. The estimated quantity for a lump sum item of work shall be considered as approximate only and no guarantee is made that the actual final quantity will equal the estimated quantity. No allowance will be made if the actual final quantity does not equal the estimated quantity except as noted hereinabove. 9-2.3 Final Pay Quantities for Unit Basis Items of Work When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated on the Bid Schedule as final pay quantities with the letter "F," said estimated quantities shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the Plans are revised by the Engineer. If such dimensions are revised and such revisions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the changes in the dimensions and authorized by Contract Change Order. The estimated quantities for such specific portion of the work shall be considered as approximate only, and no guarantee is made that the quantities which can be determined by computations, based on the details and dimensions shown on the Plans, will equal the estimated quantities. No allowance will be made if the quantities based on computations do not equal the estimated quantities. E-51 9-3 Payment 9-3.1 General In respect to work performed under the Contract, the first sentence of the first paragraph of Subsection 9-3.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: For unit items of work, the estimated quantities listed on the Bid Schedule will not govern the final payment. In respect to work performed under the Contract, the eighth paragraph of Subsection 9-3.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: Warranty periods shall be in accordance with Subsection 6-8.1, "Warranty of Work and Materials," of the Special Provisions. In respect to work performed under the Contract, the ninth paragraph of Subsection 9-3.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications, shall be deemed revised to include the following: In the event that one or more Stop Notices are filed with the City, an amount equal to 125% of the total of the amount(s) called for therein will be retained by the City until the demand(s) have been satisfied in accordance with applicable laws. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment In respect to work performed under the Contract, the first, second and third paragraphs of Subsection 9-3.2, "Partial and Final Payment," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: Except as otherwise provided for under Subsection 9-2.1, "Progress Payments for Lump Sum Items of Work," hereinabove for L.S. items, the Contractor will be entitled to no more than one progress payment per month. Thirty days prior and prerequisite to each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a detailed estimate and invoice of the total quantity and value of work completed since the cut-off date for the previous progress payment. The Engineer will make the final determination as to the actual quantity and value of work completed for which payment will be made. Ten percent (10%)of the value will be deducted from each progress payment and retained by the City until later released as specified hereinafter. Before he or she shall be entitled to final payment of the retention withheld from the progress payments, the Contractor shall execute and file with the City a conditional or unconditional waiver and release, upon a form which complies with Section 3262, of the Civil Code, and which is acceptable to the City, releasing the City from all claims or liability relating to undisputed Contract amounts for work performed in relation to said amount. If pursuant to a conditional release, such release shall contain or have attached a list of all Contract amounts as to which a dispute exists. The Contractor will be permitted the substitution of securities for any monies withheld by a public agency to ensure performance under the Contract. At the request and expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the City, or with a state or federally chartered bank as the escrow agent, who shall pay such monies to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the Contract. Securities E-52 eligible for investment shall include those listed in Section 16430 of the Government Code or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit. The Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any dividend interest thereon. Such substitutions shall be conducted in accordance with Section 22300, of the Public Contract Code. The final payment of the five percent(5%) retention withheld from the progress payments shall not be due and payable until the expiration of at least 35 working days from the date of recording of the "Notice of Completion" with the County Recorder. In respect to work performed under the Contract, the fourth paragraph of Subsection 9-3.2, "Partial and Final Payment," of the Standard Specifications, shall be deemed revised to include the following: The amount of liquidated damages will be deducted from earned progress payments due the Contractor. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials Subsection 9-3.3, "Delivered Materials," of the Standard Specifications shall be deemed revised to read as follows: Unless included in the Bid Schedule, or unless otherwise called for in these General Provisions, no payment will be made for materials or equipment delivered but not yet incorporated in the work. 9-4 Prompt Progress Payment to Subcontractor The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions of Section 7108.5 and 7108.6 of the Business and Professions Code concerning prompt payment to subcontractors and transportation charges submitted by dump truck drivers. 9-5 Prompt Payment of Withheld Funds to Subcontractors The Contractor shall return all moneys withheld in retention from the subcontractor within 30 days after receiving payment for work satisfactorily completed, even if the other contract work is not completed and has not been accepted in conformance with Section 6, "Prosecution Progress and Acceptance of Work," of the Special Provisions. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to the Contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the Contractor or deficient subcontract performance or noncompliance by a subcontractor. E-53 SPECIAL FEDERAL PROVISIONS DOCUMENT INDEX General Information 1. General Summary 2. Hold Harmless Clause and Additional Insured-Insurance Requirements 3. B-1 Federal Labor Standards Provisions (HUD 4010) 4. B-2 Federal Prevailing Wage Decision (CA Mod. ) 5. B-3 Project Sign (SAMPLE) 6. B-5 County of Riverside Section 3 Program Overview (Applicable for Projects$200,000 or more) 7. Additional Federal Requirements Bid Forms 8. B-4 Certification of Bidder Regarding Non-Segregated Facilities (Required for all Projects) 9. B-6 Section 3 Implementation Plan (Required for Projects $200,000 or more) 10. B-7 Certification for Section 3 Compliance (Required for Projects $200,000 or more) 11. B-8 Bidder's Certification on Federal Contract Requirements (Required for all Projects) 12. B-8 Questionnaire Regarding Bidders (Required for all Projects) 13. B-10 List of Subcontractors and Suppliers (Required for all Projects) Must be completed by all Subcontractors 14. B-6 Section 3 Implementation Plan (Required for Projects $200,000 or more) 15. B-7 Certification for Section 3 Compliance (Required for Projects $200,000 or more) Post-Award Forms 16. PA-1 Performance Bond (100% of contract price) (Required for Projects $200,000 or more) 17. PA-2 Payment Bond (Required for Projects $200,000 or more) 18. PA-3 Subcontractor Questionnaire (Required for all Projects) 19. PA-4 Subcontractor Certification Regarding Non-segregated Facilities (Required for all Projects) 20. PA-5 List of Permanent Employees/Section 3 Worker Employer Certification (Required for Projects $200,000 or more) 21. PA-6 Documentation of Qualitative Efforts (Required for Projects $200,000 or more) 22. PA-7 Davis-Bacon Classifications and Pay Rates (Required for all Projects) E-54 GENERAL SUMMARY The following Federal Provisions and the attached exhibits herewith become binding on the contractor(s)and incorporated in the Bid Document in their entirety. 1. The Contractor and the Subcontractor(s)shall perform all work in accordance with the project plans and specifications, including all stipulations designed to meet diversified Federal Environmental Architectural, the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Public Law 101-336, as amended. 2. The Contractor and the Subcontractor(s) shall allow all authorized Federal, State Comptroller, and/or County officials access to the work area,fiscal, payroll, materials and other relevant contract records which are directly pertinent to that specific contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. All relevant records must be retained for at least four years. 3. The Contractor and the Subcontractor(s) shall comply with the Lead Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act and the Implementation Regulations (24 CFR 35) issued pursuant thereto and any amendments thereof. 4. The Contractor and the Subcontractor(s) shall comply with Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973(P.L.93-112)and the Implementation Regulations(41 CFR 60-741)issued pursuant thereto and any amendments thereof. 5. The Contractor and the Subcontractor(s) shall comply with Section 40-2, Vietnam Era Veterans Adjustment Assistance Act of 1974 and the Implementation Regulations (41 CFR 60-250) issued pursuant thereto and any amendment thereof. 6. The Contractor and the Subcontractor(s) shall comply with the Title IV of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and the Title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1963 and any amendment thereof. 7. For projects $200,000 or over, the Contractor and the Subcontractor(s) shall comply with Clean Air Act of 1963 (P.L. 90-148) and the Federal Water Pollution Act (P.L. 92-500), as amended and all applicable standards or regulations (40 CFR Part 15 and 61) issued pursuant to the said acts. 8. For projects $2,000 or over, the Contractor and the Subcontractor(s) shall comply with the Davis- Bacon Fair Labor Standards Act (40 USC a-276 a-5), and the implementation regulations issued pursuant thereto (29 CFR Section 1, 5) and any amendments thereof. Pursuant to the said regulations, Exhibit B-1 and B-2 entitled "Federal Labor Standards Provisions" and "Federal Prevailing Wage Decision" respectively are herewith attached. 9. The Contractor and Subcontractor(s) shall comply with the Copeland Anti-Kickback Act (40 USC 276 C) and the Implementation regulations (29 CFR 3) issued pursuant thereto and any amendments thereof. Exhibit B-1 contains the key provisions of the said act. E-55 10. For construction projects$2,000 or over, or other projects$2,500 or more which utilize mechanics or laborers the Contractor and the Subcontractor(s)shall comply with the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 USC 327-332) and the Implementation Regulations (29 CFR 5) issued pursuant thereto and any amendments thereof. Exhibit B-1 contains the key provisions of the said act. 11. For projects $25,000 or over the Contractor shall provide one sign board to be located as directed by the owner.The sign board shall be mounted in an acceptable manner and constructed as shown and specified in Exhibit B-3. Additional information can be added to the project sign at the request of the project sponsor. 12. The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations applicable to the work. If the Contractor ascertains at any time that any of the requirements of the contract are at variance with applicable law, ordinances, regulations or building code requirements, he shall promptly notify the owner and the Executive Director of Riverside County's Department of Housing & Workforce Solutions and shall not proceed with the work in question, except at his own risk, until the owner and the said Director has had an opportunity to determine the extent of the responsibility for the variance and the appropriate corrective actions undertaken. 13. The Contractor must complete and execute the attached Certification of Bidder Regarding Segregated Facilities Exhibit B-4 and submit with the bid. 14. Wherever applicable, the Contractor and the Subcontractor(s) shall comply with, Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements to State, Local and Federally Recognized Indian Tribal Governments, 24 CFR Part 85 or Uniform Requirements for Assistance to State and Local Governments, Circular A-102; Whichever is applicable. 15. For projects $200,000 or over the Contractor shall furnish to the owner, a Performance bond, a Payment bond, and Materials Bond executed as surety by a corporation acceptable to the owner and authorized to issue surety bonds in the State of California. Such a performance bond and a payment bond and materials bond shall be for one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price. (Attached herewith are recommended formats for said bonds, Exhibits PA-1 and PA-2. 16. The Contractor and the Subcontractor(s)shall comply with Section 3 of The Housing and Community Development Act of 1968 and the regulations (24 CFR Part 75) issued pursuant thereto and amendments thereof. Pursuant to the said act,the Contractor and the Subcontractor(s)shall comply with the attached County of Riverside Section 3 Implementation Plan Exhibits B-5, B-6, and PA-6. The Contractor and Sub-contractor(s) must submit Exhibit B-6,for all projects over$200,000, as part of the bid package. 17. The Contractor and Sub-contractor(s) must submit the attached, Exhibit B-8, certification that "he/she fully understands the diversified Federal requirements imposed on the Contractor(s) and Sub-contractor(s) of HUD funded construction projects", as part of the bid package. E-56 18. Wherever applicable, the Contractor and the Sub-contractor(s) shall comply with Section 109 of The Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 and the Implementation Regulations (24 CFR 570.601) issued pursuant thereto and any amendments thereof. 19. For projects$200,000 or over the Contractor shall submit a Bid Guarantee Bond in an amount no less than 5%of the total contract price, along with the bid. 20. The Contractor and Sub-contractor(s) shall comply with the Section 3 Reporting Requirements by completing the attachment Exhibit B-7 entitled, "Certification for Section 3 Compliance," and submit with bid for all projects$200,000 and over. 21. Federal Employee Benefit Clause: No member of or delegate to the congress of the United States, and no Resident Commissioner shall be admitted to any share or part of this agreement or to any benefit to arise from the same. 22. The Contractor must submit Questionnaire Regarding Bidders Exhibit B-9 and List of Sub- contractors Exhibit B-10 as part of the bid package. These forms are considered part of the Federal Contracting Requirements and are included in the bid document. Both documents are required to be completed by the Prime Contractor. 23. The Contractor shall follow mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act(Pub. L.94-163,89 Stat.871). [53 FR 8068,8087, Mar. 11, 1988,as amended at 60 FR 19639,19642,April 19, 1995] 24. Contractor must comply with awarding agency(HUD) requirements and regulations pertaining to copyrights and rights in data. 25. Contractor will comply with Notice of awarding agency requirements and regulations pertaining to patent rights with respect to any discovery or invention which arises or is developed in the course of or under such contract. 26. Contractor will comply with notice of awarding agency requirements and regulations pertaining to reporting. E-57 HOLD HARMLESS CLAUSE/INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The following County of Riverside Hold Harmless and Insurance provisions herewith become binding on the contractor(s) in their entirety. HOLD HARMLESS/INDEMNIFICATION CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless the County of Riverside, its Agencies, Districts, Special Districts and Departments, their respective directors, officers, Board of Supervisors, elected and appointed officials, employees, agents and representatives (individually and collectively hereinafter referred to as Indemnitees) from any liability whatsoever, based or asserted upon any services of CONTRACTOR, its officers, employees, subcontractors, agents or representatives arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to property damage, bodily injury, or death or any other element of any kind or nature whatsoever arising from the performance of CONTRACTOR, its officers, employees, subcontractors, agents or representatives Indemnitors from this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall defend, at its sole expense, all costs and fees including, but not limited, to attorney fees, cost of investigation, defense and settlements or awards, the Indemnitees in any claim or action based upon such alleged acts or omissions. With respect to any action or claim subject to indemnification herein by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall,at their sole cost, have the right to use counsel of their own choice and shall have the right to adjust, settle, or compromise any such action or claim without the prior consent of COUNTY; provided, however, that any such adjustment, settlement or compromise in no manner whatsoever limits or circumscribes CONTRACTOR'S indemnification to Indemnitees as set forth herein. CONTRACTOR'S obligation hereunder shall be satisfied when CONTRACTOR has provided to COUNTY the appropriate form of dismissal relieving COUNTY from any liability for the action or claim involved. The specified insurance limits required in this Agreement shall in no way limit or circumscribe CONTRACTOR'S obligations to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees herein from third party claims. In the event there is conflict between this clause and California Civil Code Section 2782, this clause shall be interpreted to comply with Civil Code 2782. Such interpretation shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from indemnifying the Indemnitees to the fullest extent allowed by law. INSURANCE Without limiting or diminishing the CONTRACTOR'S obligation to indemnify or hold the COUNTY harmless, CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain or cause to be maintained, at its sole cost and expense, the following insurance coverage's during the term of this Agreement. As respects to the insurance section only, the COUNTY herein refers to the County of Riverside, its Agencies, Districts, Special Districts, and Departments, their respective directors, officers, Board of Supervisors, employees, elected or appointed officials, agents or representatives as Additional Insureds. A. Workers' Compensation: If the CONTRACTOR has employees as defined by the State of California,the CONTRACTOR shall maintain statutory Workers'Compensation Insurance(Coverage A)as prescribed by the laws of the State of California.Policy shall include Employers'Liability(Coverage B)including E-58 Occupational Disease with limits not less than$1,000,000 per person per accident.The policy shall be endorsed to waive subrogation in favor of The County of Riverside. B. Commercial General Liability: Commercial General Liability insurance coverage,including but not limited to,premises liability,unmodified contractual liability,products and completed operations liability,personal and advertising injury,and cross liability coverage,covering claims which may arise from or out of CONTRACTOR's performance of its obligations hereunder.Policy shall name the COUNTY as Additional Insured.Policy's limit of liability shall not be less than$1,000,000 per occurrence combined single limit.If such insurance contains a general aggregate limit,it shall apply separately to this agreement or be no less than two(2)times the occurrence limit. C. Vehicle Liability: If vehicles or mobile equipment are used in the performance of the obligations under this Agreement,then CONTRACTOR shall maintain liability insurance for all owned,non-owned or hired vehicles so used in an amount not less than$1,000,000 per occurrence combined single limit.If such insurance contains a general aggregate limit,it shall apply separately to this agreement or be no less than two(2)times the occurrence limit.Policy shall name the COUNTY as Additional Insureds. D. Professional Liability (ONLY TO BE INCLUDED IN CONTRACTS WITH SERVICE PROVIDERS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ENGINEERS, DOCTORS, AND LAWYERS) Contractor shall maintain Professional Liability Insurance providing coverage for the Contractor's performance of work included within this Agreement, with a limit of liability of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 annual aggregate. If Contractor's Professional Liability Insurance is written on a claims made basis rather than an occurrence basis, such insurance shall continue through the term of this Agreement and CONTRACTOR shall purchase at his sole expense either 1) an Extended Reporting Endorsement (also, known as Tail Coverage); or 2) Prior Dates Coverage from new insurer with a retroactive date back to the date of, or prior to, the inception of this Agreement; or 3) demonstrate through Certificates of Insurance that Contractor has Maintained continuous coverage with the same or original insurer. Coverage provided under items; 1), 2) or 3) will continue for a period of five (5) years beyond the termination of this Agreement. E. General Insurance Provisions-All Lines: a) Any insurance carrier providing insurance coverage hereunder shall be admitted to the State of California and have an A M BEST rating of not less than A:VIII (A:8)unless such requirements are waived, in writing, by the County Risk Manager. If the County's Risk Manager waives a requirement for a particular insurer such waiver is only valid for that specific insurer and only for one policy term. b) The Contractor's insurance carrier(s) must declare its insurance deductibles or self-insured retentions. If such deductibles or self-insured retentions exceed $500,000 per occurrence such deductibles and/or retentions shall have the prior written consent of the County Risk Manager before the commencement of operations under this Agreement. Upon notification of deductibles or self insured retention's unacceptable to the County, and at the election of the Country's Risk Manager, Contractor's carriers shall either; 1) reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention's as respects this Agreement with the County, or 2) procure a bond which guarantees payment of losses and related investigations, claims administration, and defense costs and expenses. c) Contractor shall cause Contractor's insurance carrier(s) to furnish the County of Riverside with either 1) a properly executed original Certificate(s) of Insurance and certified original copies of Endorsements effecting coverage as required herein, or 2) if requested to do so orally or in writing by the County Risk Manager, provide original Certified copies of policies including all Endorsements and all attachments thereto, showing such insurance is in full force and effect. Further, said Certificate(s) and policies of insurance shall contain the covenant of the insurance carrier(s) that thirty (30) days written E-59 notice shall be given to the County of Riverside prior to any material modification, cancellation, expiration or reduction in coverage of such insurance. In the event of a material modification, cancellation, expiration, or reduction in coverage, this Agreement shall terminate forthwith, unless the County of Riverside receives, prior to such effective date, another properly executed original Certificate of Insurance and original copies of endorsements or certified original policies, including all endorsements and attachments thereto evidencing coverage's set forth herein and the insurance required herein is in full force and effect. Contractorshall not commence operations until the County has been furnished original Certificate (s) of Insurance and certified original copies of endorsements or policies of insurance including all endorsements and any and all other attachments as required in this Section. An individual authorized by the insurance carrier to do on its behalf shall sign the original endorsements for each policy and the Certificate of Insurance. d) It is understood and agreed to by the parties hereto and the insurance company(s), that the Certificate(s) of Insurance and policies shall so covenant and shall be construed as primary insurance, and the County's insurance and/or deductibles and/or self-insured retention's or self-insured programs shall not be construed as contributory. e)The County's Reserved Rights--Insurance. If, during the term of this Agreement or any extension thereof, there is a material change in the scope of services; or, there is a material change in the equipment to be used in the performance of the scope of work(such as the use of aircraft or watercraft) the County reserves the right to adjust the types of insurance required under this Agreement and the monetary limits of liability for the insurance coverage's currently required herein, if; in the County Risk Manager's reasonable judgment,the amount or type of insurance carried by the Contractor has become inadequate. f) Contractor shall pass down the insurance obligations contained herein to all tiers of subcontractors working under this Agreement. g) The insurance requirements contained in this agreement may be met with a program(s) of self-insurance acceptable to the County. E-60 EXHIBIT B-1 HUD-4010 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Federal Labor Standards Provisions Office of Davis-Bacon and Labor Standards A. APPLICABILITY The Project or Program to which the construction work covered by this Contract pertains is being assisted by the United States of America, and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are included in this Contract pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assistance. 1. Minimum wages and fringe benefits i. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute),will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)),the full amount of basic hourly wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. As provided in 29 CFR 5.5(d) and (e), the appropriate wage determinations are effective by operation of law even if they have not been attached to the contract. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under the Davis- Bacon Act(40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B))on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(v) of these contract clauses; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics must be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification(s) of work actually performed,without regard to skill,except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed.The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)) and the Davis-Bacon poster(WH-1321) must be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. ii. Frequently recurring classifications A. In addition to wage and fringe benefit rates that have been determined to be prevailing under the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 1, a wage determination may contain, pursuant to § 1.3(f), wage and fringe benefit rates for classifications of laborers and mechanics for which conformance requests are regularly submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii), provided that: 1. The work performed by the classification is not performed by a classification in the wage determination for which a prevailing wage rate has been determined; 2. The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and 3. The wage rate for the classification bears a reasonable relationship to the prevailing wage rates contained in the wage determination. B. The Administrator will establish wage rates for such classifications in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)(A)(3). Work performed in such a classification must be paid at no less than the wage and fringe benefit rate listed on the wage determination for such classification. iii. Conformance E-61 A. The contracting officer must require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination, and which is to be employed under the contract be classified in conformance with the wage determination. Conformance of an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits is appropriate only when the following criteria have been met: 1. The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and 2. The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and 3. The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. B. The conformance process may not be used to split, subdivide, or otherwise avoid application of classifications listed in the wage determination. C. If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken will be sent by the contracting officer by email to DBAconformance@dol.gov. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30—day period that additional time is necessary. D. In the event the contractor,the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer will, by email to DBAconformance@dol.gov, refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30—day period that additional time is necessary. E. The contracting officer must promptly notify the contractor of the action taken by the Wage and Hour Division under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(iii)(C) and (D).The contractor must furnish a written copy of such determination to each affected worker, or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(iii)(C) or (D) must be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. iv. Fringe benefits not expressed as an hourly rate Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor may either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or may pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. v. Unfunded plans If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program,Provided,That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, in accordance with the criteria set forth in 29 CFR 5.28, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. vi. Interest In the event of a failure to pay all or part of the wages required by the contract,the contractor will be required to pay interest on any underpayment of wages. E-62 2. Withholding i. Withholding requirements The U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development may, upon its own action, or must, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for the full amount of wages and monetary relief, including interest, required by the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a) for violations of this contract, or to satisfy any such liabilities required by any other Federal contract, or federally assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon labor standards, that is held by the same prime contractor(as defined in 29 CFR 5.2).The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to Davis-Bacon labor standards requirements and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. In the event of a contractor's failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice or helper working on the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) all or part of the wages required by the contract, or upon the contractor's failure to submit the required records as discussed in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(iv), HUD may on its own initiative and after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be,take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. ii. Priority to withheld funds The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)(i) or (b)(3)(i), or both, over claims to those funds by: A. A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; B. A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs; C. A trustee(s) (either a court-appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate; D. A contractor's assignee(s); E. A contractor's successor(s); or F. A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901-3907. 3. Records and certified payrolls i. Basic record requirements A. Length of record retention. All regular payrolls and other basic records must be maintained by the contractor and any subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work(or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) for a period of at least 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. B. Information required Such records must contain the name; Social Security number; last known address, telephone number, and email address of each such worker; each worker's correct classification(s) of work actually performed; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours actually worked in total and on each covered contract; deductions made; and actual wages paid. C. Additional records relating to fringe benefits. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v)that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any E-63 costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act,the contractor must maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. D. Additional records relating to apprenticeship Contractors with apprentices working under approved programs must maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs, the registration of the apprentices, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. ii. Certified payroll requirements A. Frequency and method of submission The contractor or subcontractor must submit weekly, for each week in which any DBA- or Related Acts-covered work is performed, certified payrolls to HUD if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the certified payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be,that maintains such records,for transmission to HUD.The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of all certified payrolls by all subcontractors. A contracting agency or prime contractor may permit or require contractors to submit certified payrolls through an electronic system,as long as the electronic system requires a legally valid electronic signature; the system allows the contractor, the contracting agency, and the Department of Labor to access the certified payrolls upon request for at least 3 years after the work on the prime contract has been completed; and the contracting agency or prime contractor permits other methods of submission in situations where the contractor is unable or limited in its ability to use or access the electronic system B. Information required The certified payrolls submitted must set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)(B), except that full Social Security numbers and last known addresses,telephone numbers, and email addresses must not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead,the certified payrolls need only include an individually identifying number for each worker (e.g.,the last four digits of the worker's Social Security number).The required weekly certified payroll information may be submitted using Optional Form WH-347 or in any other format desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/WHD/legacy/files/wh347.pdf or its successor website. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide full Social Security numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission by the subcontractor to the sponsoring government agency (or the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be,that maintains such records). C. Statement of Compliance Each certified payroll submitted must be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor, or the contractor's or subcontractor's agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons working on the contract, and must certify the following: 1. That the certified payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii), the appropriate information and basic records are being maintained under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(3)(i), and such information and records are correct and complete; 2. That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper and apprentice) working on the E-64 contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned,without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFR part 3; and 3. That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification(s) of work actually performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. D. Use of Optional Form WH-347 The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 will satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii)(C). E. Signature The signature by the contractor, subcontractor, or the contractor's or subcontractor's agent must be an original handwritten signature or a legally valid electronic signature. F. Falsification The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 3729. G. Length of certified payroll retention The contractor or subcontractor must preserve all certified payrolls during the course of the work and for a period of 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. iii. Contracts, subcontracts, and related documents The contractor or subcontractor must maintain this contract or subcontract and related documents including, without limitation, bids, proposals, amendments, modifications, and extensions. The contractor or subcontractor must preserve these contracts, subcontracts, and related documents during the course of the work and for a period of 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. iv. Required disclosures and access A. Required record disclosures and access to workers The contractor or subcontractor must make the records required under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)—(iii), and any other documents that HUD or the Department of Labor deems necessary to determine compliance with the labor standards provisions of any of the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of HUD or the Department of Labor, and must permit such representatives to interview workers during working hours on the job. B. Sanctions for non-compliance with records and worker access requirements If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, or refuses to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records or that employs such workers, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available, or to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. In addition, any contractor or other person that fails to submit the required records or make those records available to WHD within the time WHD requests that the records be produced will be precluded from introducing as evidence in an administrative proceeding under 29 CFR part 6 any of the required records that were not provided or made available to WHD.WHD will take into consideration a reasonable request from the contractor or person for an extension of the time for submission of records. WHD will determine the reasonableness of the request and may consider, E-65 among other things,the location of the records and the volume of production. C. Required information disclosures Contractors and subcontractors must maintain the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker, and must provide them upon request to HUD if the agency is a party to the contract, or to the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor. If the Federal agency is not such a party to the contract, the contractor, subcontractor,or both,must, upon request, provide the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be,that maintains such records,for transmission to HUD,the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or other compliance action. 4. Apprentices and equal employment opportunity i. Apprentices A. Rate of pay Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship (OA), or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the CA. A person who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency(where appropriate)to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice,will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform in the first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such a program. In the event the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the OA withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program,the contractor will no longer be permitted to use apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. B. Fringe benefits Apprentices must be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits,apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits must be paid in accordance with that determination. C. Apprenticeship ratio The allowable ratio of apprentices to journey workers on the job site in any craft classification must not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program or the ratio applicable to the locality of the project pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)(D). Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)(A), must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under this section must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. D. Reciprocity of ratios and wage rates Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality otherthan the locality in which its program is registered,the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journey worker's hourly rate) applicable within the locality in which the construction is being performed must be observed. If there is no applicable ratio or wage rate for the locality of the project, the ratio and wage rate specified in the contractor's registered program must be observed. E-66 ii. Equal employment opportunity The use of apprentices and journey workers under this part must be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. 5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)through (11), along with the applicable wage determination(s) and such other clauses or contract modifications as the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development may by appropriate instructions require,and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses and wage determination(s) in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor is responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in this section. In the event of any violations of these clauses, the prime contractor and any subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower-tier subcontractors, and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. 7. Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of eligibility. i. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or 29 CFR 5.12(a). ii. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or 29 CFR 5.12(a). iii. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Code, Title 18 Crimes and Criminal Procedure, 18 U.S.C. 1001. 11 Anti-retaliation It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain,coerce, blacklist, harass,or in any other manner discriminate against,or to cause any person to discharge,demote, intimidate,threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass,or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: i. Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the DBA, Related Acts, or 29 CFR parts 1, 3, or 5; ii. Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under the DBA, Related Acts, or 29 CFR parts 1, 3, or 5; iii. Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under the DBA, Related Acts, or 29 CFR parts 1, 3, or 5; or iv. Informing any other person about their rights under the DBA, Related Acts,or 29 CFR parts 1, 3, or5. E-67 B. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act(CWHSSA) The Agency Head must cause or require the contracting officer to insert the following clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1), (2), (3), (4), and (5) in full, or (for contracts covered by the Federal Acquisition Regulation) by reference, in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses must be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 4.6. As used in this paragraph,the terms "laborers and mechanics" include watchpersons and guards. 1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages and interest from the date of the underpayment. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory,to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchpersons and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1), in the sum of$31 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1). 3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages i. Withholding process The U.S Department of Housing and Urban Development or the recipient of Federal assistance may, upon its own action, or must, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for any unpaid wages; monetary relief, including interest; and liquidated damages required by the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b) on this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act that is held by the same prime contractor(as defined in 29 CFR 5.2).The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. ii Priority to withheld funds The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)(i) or(b)(3)(i), or both, over claims to those funds by: A. A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; B. A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs; C. A trustee(s) (either a court-appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate; D. A contractor's assignee(s); E-68 E. A contractor's successor(s); or F. A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901-3907. 4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) through (5) and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts.The prime contractor is responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1)through (5). In the event of any violations of these clauses,the prime contractor and any subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower-tier subcontractors, and associated liquidated damages and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. 5 Anti-retaliation It is unlawful for any person to discharge,demote, intimidate,threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: i. Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA) or its implementing regulations in 29 CFR part 5; ii. Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under CWHSSA or 29 CFR part 5; iii. Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under CWHSSA or 29 CFR part 5; or iv. Informing any other person about their rights under CWHSSA or 29 CFR part 5. C. CWHSSA required records clause In addition to the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(b), in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other laws referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, the Agency Head must cause or require the contracting officer to insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor must maintain regular payrolls and other basic records during the course of the work and must preserve them for a period of 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchpersons, working on the contract. Such records must contain the name; last known address,telephone number,and email address; and social security number of each such worker; each worker's correct classification(s)of work actually performed; hourly rates of wages paid;daily and weekly number of hours actually worked; deductions made and actual wages paid. Further, the Agency Head must cause or require the contracting officer to insert in any such contract a clause providing that the records to be maintained under this paragraph must be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the (write the name of agency) and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview workers during working hours on the job. D. Incorporation of contract clauses and wage determinations by reference Although agencies are required to insert the contract clauses set forth in this section, along with appropriate wage determinations, in full into covered contracts, and contractors and subcontractors are required to insert them in any lower-tier subcontracts, the incorporation by reference of the required contract clauses and appropriate wage determinations will be given the same force and effect as if they were inserted in full text. E. Incorporation by operation of law The contract clauses set forth in this section (or their equivalent under the Federal Acquisition Regulation), along with the correct wage determinations, will be considered to be a part of every prime contract required by the E-69 applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1 to include such clauses, and will be effective by operation of law, whether or not they are included or incorporated by reference into such contract, unless the Administrator grants a variance, tolerance, or exemption from the application of this paragraph. Where the clauses and applicable wage determinations are effective by operation of law under this paragraph, the prime contractor must be compensated for any resulting increase in wages in accordance with applicable law. F. HEALTH AND SAFETY The provisions of this paragraph (F) are applicable where the amount of the prime contract exceeds $100,000. 1. No laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his or her health and safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor by regulation. 2. The contractor shall comply with all regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor pursuant to 29 CFR Part 1926 and failure to comply may result in imposition of sanctions pursuant to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (Public Law 91-54, 83 Stat 96),40 U.S.C. §3701 et seq. 3. The contractor shall include the provisions of this paragraph in every subcontract, so that such provisions will be binding on each subcontractor.The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontractor as the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Labor shall direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. E-70 EXHIBIT B-2 FEDERAL PREVAILING WAGE DECISION (CA20250025 mod. 6 ) LABOR STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS - PRECONSTRUCTION PHASE. A construction project covered by Federal Labor Standards Provisions (HUD-4010) requires a series of specific actions prior to the actual start of construction. Those actions are: a. obtaining an applicable Davis-Bacon wage determination for the project; b. including that wage determination (and any modifications) in the bid documents where there is competitive bidding or in invitations for proposals; and C. including appropriate labor standards provisions and the wage determination in the construction contract. CONSTRUCTION WAGE DETERMINATION - DEFINITION. All construction bid documents and contracts, or analogous instruments covered by the Federal Labor Standards Provisions (HUD-4010) must contain a current and applicable wage determination issued by the Department of Labor. The term "wage determination" includes the original decision and any subsequent decisions modifying, superseding, correcting, or otherwise changing the provisions of the original decision. Reference: Handbook 1344.1 Federal Labor Standards Compliance in Housing and Community Development Programs, paragraph 2-1, section 1 paragraph 1-1. OBTAINING WAGE DETERMINATIONS The Riverside County Department of Housing & Workforce Solutions (HWS) will be responsible to obtain and provide the appropriate Federal wage determination from the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) for this project. The appropriate wage determination will be the most current determination, applicable for Riverside County and the construction type, that is effective ten (10) days before the opening of bids. Wage determinations shall be effective (locked-in) on the date that bids are opened provided that the contract is awarded within 90 days after bid opening. If the contract is awarded more than 90 days after bid opening, the wage determination shall be updated as of the date of award. If construction starts more than 90 days after contract award, the wage determination shall be updated as of the construction start date. "General Decision Number: CA20250025 03/28/2025 Superseded General Decision Number: CA20240025 State: California Construction Types: Building, Heavy (Heavy and Dredging) and Highway County: Riverside County in California. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS; DREDGING PROJECTS (does not include hopper dredge work); HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include water well drilling); HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(1). If the contract is entered . Executive Order 14026 into on or after January 30, generally applies to the 2022, or the contract is contract. renewed or extended (e.g., an 1. The contractor must pay option is exercised) on or all covered workers at after January 30, 2022: least $17.75 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in 2025. If the contract was awarded on 1. Executive Order 13658 F-1 or between January 1, 2015 and I generally applies to the January 29, 2022, and the contract. contract is not renewed or . The contractor must pay all extended on or after January covered workers at least 130, 2022: 1 $13.30 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2025. The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at http://www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/03/2025 1 01/10/2025 2 01/24/2025 3 02/07/2025 4 02/21/2025 5 02/28/2025 6 03/28/2025 ASBE0005-002 09/01/2023 Rates Fringes Asbestos Workers/Insulator (Includes the application of all insulating materials, protective coverings, coatings, and finishes to all types of mechanical systems).....$ 49.58 25.27 Fire Stop Technician F-1 (Application of Firestopping Materials for wall openings and penetrations in walls, floors, ceilings and curtain walls)...........................$ 36.97 20.36 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ASBE0005-004 07/04/2022 Rates Fringes Asbestos Removal worker/hazardous material handler (Includes preparation, wetting, stripping, removal, scrapping, vacuuming, bagging and disposing of all insulation materials from mechanical systems, whether they contain asbestos or not)....$ 23.52 13.37 ---------------------------------------------------------------- BOIL0092-003 01/01/2024 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER......................$ 51.98 42.11 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * BRCA0004-011 05/01/2024 Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER; MARBLE SETTER........$ 45.53 20.29 *The wage scale for prevailing wage projects performed in Blythe, China lake, Death Valley, Fort Irwin,Twenty-Nine Palms, Needles and 1-15 corridor (Barstow to the Nevada State Line) will be Three Dollars ($3.00) above the standard San Bernardino/Riverside County hourly wage rate ---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0018-004 06/01/2024 Rates Fringes F-1 MARBLE FINISHER..................$ 43.38 15.36 TILE FINISHER....................$ 37.96 13.77 TILE LAYER.......................$ 51.82 19.32 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * BRCA0018-010 09/01/2024 Rates Fringes TERRAZZO FINISHER................$ 42.11 14.67 TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER...........$ 49.62 15.26 ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0213-00101/01/2024 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (1) Carpenter, Cabinet Installer, Insulation Installer, Hardwood Floor Worker and acoustical installer...................$ 48.86 22.88 (2) Millwright..............$ 49.36 22.88 (3) Piledrivermen/Derrick Bargeman, Bridge or Dock Carpenter, Heavy Framer, Rock Bargeman or Scowman, Rockslinger, Shingler (Commercial)................$ 48.99 22.88 (4) Pneumatic Nailer, Power Stapler...............$ 51.85 16.28 (5) Sawfiler...............$ 51.69 16.28 (6) Scaffold Builder.......$ 40.77 22.38 (7) Table Power Saw Operator....................$ 51.70 16.28 FOOTNOTE: Work of forming in the construction of open cut sewers or storm drains, on operations in which horizontal lagging is used in conjunction with steel H-Beams driven or placed in pre- drilled holes, for that portion of a lagged trench against which concrete is poured, namely, as a substitute for back forms (which work is performed by piledrivers): $0.13 per hour additional. ---------------------------------------------------------------- F-1 CARP0213-002 07/01/2021 Rates Fringes Diver (1) Wet.....................$ 834.40 16.28 (2) Standby.................$ 445.84 16.28 (3) Tender..................$ 437.84 16.28 (4) Assistant Tender........$ 413.84 16.28 Amounts in ""Rates' column are per day ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0213-004 01/01/2024 Rates Fringes Drywall DRYWALL INSTALLER/LATHER....$ 48.86 22.88 STOCKER/SCRAPPER............$ 20.80 9.97 ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0721-00107/01/2021 Rates Fringes Modular Furniture Installer......$ 21.85 7.15 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0440-001 12/30/2024 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN INSIDE ELECTRICIAN..........$ 56.26 3%+28.48 INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS Electrician................$ 36.99 3%+23.18 Technician.................$ 27.75 3%+23.18 ZONE PAY: Zone A: Free travel zone for all contractors performing work in Zone A. Zone B:Any work performed in Zone (B) shall add $12.00 per hour to the current wage scale. Zone (B) shall be the area from the eastern perimeter of Zone (A) to a line which runs north and south begininng at Little Morongo Canyon (San Bernardino/Riverside County Line), Southeast along the F-1 Coachella Tunnels, Colorado River Aqueduct and Mecca Tunnels to Pinkham Wash then South to Box Canyon Road, then southwest along Box Canyon Road to Highway 195 west onto 195 south to Highway 86 to Riverside/Imperial County Line. ---------------------------------------------------------------- E LEC 1245-00101/01/2025 Rates Fringes LINE CONSTRUCTION (1) Lineman; Cable splicer..$ 70.16 24.71 (2) Equipment specialist (operates crawler tractors, commercial motor vehicles, backhoes, trenchers, cranes (50 tons and below), overhead & underground distribution line equipment).............$ 53.30 22.26 (3) Groundman...............$ 40.76 21.76 (4) Powderman...............$ 51.87 18.79 HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, M.L. King Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day,Thanksgiving Day and day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Day ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEV0018-00101/01/2025 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC................$ 69.43 38.435+a+b FOOTNOTE: a. PAID VACATION: Employer contributes 8% of regular hourly rate as vacation pay credit for employees with more than 5 years of service, and 6%for 6 months to 5 years of service. b. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day,Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. ---------------------------------------------------------------- F-1 ENG10012-004 08/01/2024 Rates Fringes OPERATOR: Power Equipment (DREDGING) (1) Leverman................$ 64.10 38.75 (2) Dredge dozer............$ 58.13 38.75 (3) Deckmate................$ 58.02 38.75 (4) Winch operator (stern winch on dredge)............$ 57.47 38.75 (5) Fireman-Oiler, Deckhand, Bargeman, Leveehand...................$ 56.93 38.75 (6) Barge Mate..............$ 57.54 38.75 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10012-024 07/01/2023 Rates Fringes OPERATOR: Power Equipment (All Other Work) GROUP 1....................$ 53.90 32.80 GROUP 2....................$ 54.68 32.80 GROUP 3....................$ 54.97 32.80 GROUP 4....................$ 56.46 32.80 GROUP 6....................$ 56.68 32.80 GROUP 8....................$ 56.79 32.80 GROUP 10....................$ 56.91 32.80 GROUP 12....................$ 57.08 32.80 GROUP 13....................$ 57.18 32.80 GROUP 14....................$ 57.21 32.80 GROUP 15....................$ 57.29 32.80 GROUP 16....................$ 57.41 32.80 GROUP 17....................$ 57.58 32.80 GROUP 18....................$ 57.68 32.80 GROUP 19....................$ 57.79 32.80 GROUP 20....................$ 57.91 32.80 GROUP 21....................$ 58.08 32.80 GROUP 22....................$ 58.18 32.80 GROUP 23....................$ 58.29 32.80 GROUP 24....................$ 58.41 32.80 GROUP 25....................$ 58.58 32.80 OPERATOR: Power Equipment F-1 (Cranes, Piledriving & Hoisting) GROUP 1....................$ 55.25 32.80 GROUP 2....................$ 56.03 32.80 GROUP 3....................$ 56.32 32.80 GROUP 4....................$ 56.46 32.80 GROUP 5....................$ 56.68 32.80 GROUP 6....................$ 56.79 32.80 GROUP 7....................$ 56.91 32.80 GROUP 8....................$ 57.08 32.80 GROUP 9....................$ 57.25 32.80 GROUP 10....................$ 58.25 32.80 GROUP 11....................$ 59.25 32.80 GROUP 12....................$ 60.25 32.80 GROUP 13....................$ 61.25 32.80 OPERATOR: Power Equipment (Tunnel Work) GROUP 1....................$ 55.75 32.80 GROUP 2....................$ 56.53 32.80 GROUP 3....................$ 56.82 32.80 GROUP 4....................$ 56.96 32.80 GROUP 5....................$ 57.18 32.80 GROUP 6....................$ 57.29 32.80 GROUP 7....................$ 57.41 32.80 PREMIUM PAY: $10.00 per hour shall be paid on all Power Equipment Operator work on the followng Military Bases: China Lake Naval Reserve, Vandenberg AFB, Point Arguello, Seely Naval Base, Fort Irwin, Nebo Annex Marine Base, Marine Corp Logistics Base Yermo, Edwards AFB, 29 Palms Marine Base and Camp Pendleton Workers required to suit up and work in a hazardous material environment: $2.00 per hour additional. Combination mixer and compressor operator on gunite work shall be classified as a concrete mobile mixer operator. SEE ZONE DEFINITIONS AFTER CLASSIFICATIONS POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Bargeman; Brakeman; Compressor operator; Ditch Witch, with seat or similar type equipment; Elevator F-1 operator-inside; Engineer Oiler; Forklift operator (includes loed, lull or similar types under 5 tons; Generator operator; Generator, pump or compressor plant operator; Pump operator; Signalman; Switchman GROUP 2: Asphalt-rubber plant operator (nurse tank operator);Coil Tubing Rig Operator, Concrete mixer operator-skip type; Conveyor operator; Fireman; Forklift operator (includes loed, lull or similar types over 5 tons; Hydrostatic pump operator; oiler crusher (asphalt or concrete plant); Petromat laydown machine; PJU side dum jack; Screening and conveyor machine operator (or similar types); Skiploader (wheel type up to 3/4 yd. without attachment); Tar pot fireman; Temporary heating plant operator; Trenching machine oiler GROUP 3: Asphalt-rubber blend operator; Bobcat or similar type (Skid steer); Equipment greaser (rack); Ford Ferguson (with dragtype attachments); Helicopter radioman (ground); Stationary pipe wrapping and cleaning machine operator GROUP 4: Asphalt plant fireman; Backhoe operator (mini-max or similar type); Boring machine operator; Boxman or mixerman (asphalt or concrete); Chip spreading machine operator; Concrete cleaning decontamination machine operator; Concrete Pump Operator (small portable);Direct Push Operator (Geoprobe or similar types) Drilling machine operator, small auger types (Texoma super economatic or similar types - Hughes 100 or 200 or similar types - drilling depth of 30' maximum); Equipment greaser (grease truck); Guard rail post driver operator; Highline cableway signalman; Hydra-hammer-aero stomper; Micro Tunneling (above ground tunnel); Power concrete curing machine operator; Power concrete saw operator; Power-driven jumbo form setter operator; Power sweeper operator; Rock Wheel Saw/Trencher; Roller operator (compacting); Screed operator (asphalt or concrete); Trenching machine operator (up to 6 ft.); Vacuum or much truck GROUP 6: Articulating material hauler; Asphalt plant engineer; Batch plant operator; Bit sharpener; Concrete joint machine operator (canal and similar type); Concrete planer operator; Dandy digger; Deck engine operator; F-1 Derrickman (oilfield type); Drilling machine operator, bucket or auger types (Calweld 100 bucket or similar types - Watson 1000 auger or similar types -Texoma 330, 500 or 600 auger or similar types - drilling depth of 45' maximum); Drilling machine operator; Hydrographic seeder machine operator (straw, pulp or seed), Jackson track maintainer, or similar type; Kalamazoo Switch tamper, or similar type; Machine tool operator; Maginnis internal full slab vibrator, Mechanical berm, curb or gutter(concrete or asphalt); Mechanical finisher operator (concrete, Clary-Johnson-Bidwell or similar); Micro tunnel system (below ground); Pavement breaker operator (truck mounted); Road oil mixing machine operator; Roller operator (asphalt or finish), rubber-tired earth moving equipment (single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck); Self-propelled tar pipelining machine operator; Skiploader operator (crawler and wheel type, over 3/4 yd. and up to and including 1-1/2 yds.); Slip form pump operator (power driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms); Tractor operator-bulldozer, tamper-scraper (single engine, up to 100 h.p. flywheel and similar types, up to and including D-5 and similar types); Tugger hoist operator (1 drum); Ultra high pressure waterjet cutting tool system operator; Vacuum blasting machine operator GROUP 8: Asphalt or concrete spreading operator (tamping or finishing); Asphalt paving machine operator (Barber Greene or similar type); Asphalt-rubber distribution operator; Backhoe operator (up to and including 3/4 yd.), small ford, Case or similar types; Cable Bundling Machine Operator (excluding handheld); Cable Trenching Machine Operator (Spider Plow or similar types) Cast-in-place pipe laying machine operator; Combination mixer and compressor operator (gunite work); Compactor operator (self-propelled); Concrete mixer operator (paving); Crushing plant operator; Drill Doctor; Drilling machine operator, Bucket or auger types (Calweld 150 bucket or similar types - Watson 1500, 2000 2500 auger or similar types -Texoma 700, 800 auger or similar types- drilling depth of 60' maximum); Elevating grader operator; Grade checker; Gradall operator; Grouting machine operator; Heavy-duty repairman; Heavy equipment robotics operator; Kalamazoo balliste regulator or similar type; Kolman belt loader and similar type; Le Tourneau blob compactor or similar type; Loader operator (Athey, Euclid, F-1 Sierra and similar types); Mobark Chipper or similar; Ozzie padder or similar types; P.C. slot saw; Pneumatic concrete placing machine operator (Hackley-Presswell or similar type); Pumperete gun operator; RCM Cementing Unit Operator, Rail/Switch Grinder Operator (Harsco or similar types) Rock Drill or similar types; Rotary drill operator (excluding caisson type); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator (single engine, caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds. up to and including 50 cu. yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator (multiple engine up to and including 25 yds. struck); Rubber-tired scraper operator (self-loading paddle wheel type-John Deere, 1040 and similar single unit); Self- propelled curb and gutter machine operator; Shuttle buggy; Skiploader operator (crawler and wheel type over 1-1/2 yds. up to and including 6-1/2 yds.); Soil remediation plant operator; Surface heaters and planer operator; Tractor compressor drill combination operator; Tractor operator (any type larger than D-5 - 100 flywheel h.p. and over, or similar-bulldozer, tamper, scraper and push tractor single engine); Tractor operator (boom attachments), Traveling pipe wrapping, cleaning and bendng machine operator; Trenching machine operator (over 6 ft. depth capacity, manufacturer's rating); trenching Machine with Road Miner attachment (over 6 ft depth capacity): Ultra high pressure waterjet cutting tool system mechanic; Water pull (compaction) operator GROUP 10: Drilling machine operator, Bucket or auger types (Calweld 200 B bucket or similar types-Watson 3000 or 5000 auger or similar types-Texoma 900 auger or similar types-drilling depth of 105' maximum); Dual drum mixer, dynamic compactor LDC350 (or similar types); Monorail locomotive operator (diesel, gas or electric); Motor patrol-blade operator (single engine); Multiple engine tractor operator (Euclid and similar type-except Quad 9 cat.); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator (single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Pneumatic pipe ramming tool and similar types; Prestressed wrapping machine operator; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator (single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Rubber tired earth moving equipment operator (multiple engine, Euclid, caterpillar and similar over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck), Tower F-1 crane repairman; Tractor loader operator (crawler and wheel type over 6-1/2 yds.); Woods mixer operator (and similar Pugmill equipment) GROUP 12: Auto grader operator; Automatic slip form operator; Drilling machine operator, bucket or auger types (Calweld, auger 200 CA or similar types - Watson, auger 6000 or similar types- Hughes Super Duty, auger 200 or similar types - drilling depth of 175' maximum); Hoe ram or similar with compressor; Mass excavator operator less tha 750 cu. yards; Mechanical finishing machine operator; Mobile form traveler operator; Motor patrol operator (multi-engine); Pipe mobile machine operator; Rubber-tired earth- moving equipment operator (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar type, over 50 cu. yds. struck); Rubber-tired self- loading scraper operator (paddle-wheel-auger type self-loading-two (2) or more units) GROUP 13: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 14: Canal liner operator; Canal trimmer operator; Remote- control earth-moving equipment operator (operating a second piece of equipment: $1.00 per hour additional); Wheel excavator operator (over 750 cu. yds.) GROUP 15: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine, Caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds. and up to and including 50 yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple engine-up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 16: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck) GROUP 17: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple engine, F-1 Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 50 cu. yds. struck); Tandem tractor operator (operating crawler type tractors in tandem - Quad 9 and similar type) GROUP 18: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 19: Rotex concrete belt operator (or similar types); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - single engine, Caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds.and up to and including 50 cu. yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 20: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps, and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck) GROUP 21: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar type, over 50 cu. yds. struck) GROUP 22: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 23: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (single engine, Caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds. and F-1 up to and including 50 yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating with the tandem push-pull system (multiple engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 24: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (single engine, over 50 yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck) GROUP 25: Concrete pump operator-truck mounted; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar type, over 50 cu. yds. struck); Spyder Excavator Operator, with all attachments CRANES, PILEDRIVING AND HOISTING EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Engineer oiler; Fork lift operator (includes loed, lull or similar types) GROUP 2: Truck crane oiler GROUP 3: A-frame or winch truck operator; Ross carrier operator (jobsite) GROUP 4: Bridge-type unloader and turntable operator; Helicopter hoist operator GROUP 5: Hydraulic boom truck; Stinger crane (Austin-Western or similar type); Tugger hoist operator (1 drum) GROUP 6: Bridge crane operator; Cretor crane operator; Hoist operator (Chicago boom and similar type); Lift mobile operator; Lift slab machine operator (Vagtborg and similar types); Material hoist and/or manlift operator; Polar gantry crane operator; Self Climbing scaffold (or similar type); Shovel, backhoe, dragline, clamshell operator (over 3/4 yd. and up to 5 cu. yds. mrc); Tugger hoist operator GROUP 7: Pedestal crane operator; Shovel, backhoe, dragline, F-1 clamshell operator (over 5 cu. yds. mrc); Tower crane repair; Tugger hoist operator (3 drum) GROUP 8: Crane operator (up to and including 25 ton capacity); Crawler transporter operator; Derrick barge operator (up to and including 25 ton capacity); Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (up to and including 25 ton capacity); Shovel, backhoe, dragline, clamshell operator (over 7 cu. yds., M.R.C.) GROUP 9: Crane operator (over 25 tons and up to and including 50 tons mrc); Derrick barge operator (over 25 tons up to and including 50 tons mrc); Highline cableway operator; Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 25 tons up to and including 50 tons mrc); K-crane operator; Polar crane operator; Self erecting tower crane operator maximum lifting capacity ten tons GROUP 10: Crane operator (over 50 tons and up to and including 100 tons mrc); Derrick barge operator (over 50 tons up to and including 100 tons mrc); Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 50 tons up to and including 100 tons mrc), Mobile tower crane operator (over 50 tons, up to and including 100 tons M.R.C.); GROUP 11: Crane operator (over 100 tons and up to and including 200 tons mrc); Derrick barge operator (over 100 tons up to and including 200 tons mrc); Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 100 tons up to and including 200 tons mrc); Mobile tower crane operator (over 100 tons up to and including 200 tons mrc) ; Tower crane operator and tower gantry GROUP 12: Crane operator (over 200 tons up to and including 300 tons mrc); Derrick barge operator (over 200 tons up to and including 300 tons mrc); Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 200 tons, up to and including 300 tons mrc); Mobile tower crane operator (over 200 tons, up to and including 300 tons mrc) GROUP 13: Crane operator (over 300 tons); Derrick barge operator (over 300 tons); Helicopter pilot; Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 300 tons); Mobile tower crane operator (over 300 tons) F-1 TUNNEL CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Skiploader (wheel type up to 3/4 yd. without attachment) GROUP 2: Power-driven jumbo form setter operator GROUP 3: Dinkey locomotive or motorperson (up to and including 10 tons) GROUP 4: Bit sharpener; Equipment greaser (grease truck); Slip form pump operator (power-driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms); Tugger hoist operator (1 drum); Tunnel locomotive operator (over 10 and up to and including 30 tons) GROUP 5: Backhoe operator (up to and including 3/4 yd.); Small Ford, Case or similar; Drill doctor; Grouting machine operator; Heading shield operator; Heavy-duty repairperson; Loader operator (Athey, Euclid, Sierra and similar types); Mucking machine operator (1/4 yd., rubber-tired, rail or track type); Pneumatic concrete placing machine operator (Hackley-Presswell or similar type); Pneumatic heading shield (tunnel); Pumperete gun operator; Tractor compressor drill combination operator; Tugger hoist operator (2 drum); Tunnel locomotive operator (over 30 tons) GROUP 6: Heavy Duty Repairman GROUP 7: Tunnel mole boring machine operator ENGINEERS ZONES $1.00 additional per hour for all of IMPERIAL County and the portions of KERN, RIVERSIDE & SAN BERNARDINO Counties as defined below: That area within the following Boundary: Begin in San Bernardino County, approximately 3 miles NE of the intersection of 1-15 and the California State line at that point which is the NW corner of Section 1, T17N,m R14E, San Bernardino Meridian. Continue W in a straight line to that point which is the SW corner of the northwest quarter of Section 6, T27S, F-1 R42E, Mt. Diablo Meridian. Continue North to the intersection with the Inyo County Boundary at that point which is the NE corner of the western half of the northern quarter of Section 6, T25S, R42E, MDM. Continue W along the Inyo and San Bernardino County boundary until the intersection with Kern County, as that point which is the SE corner of Section 34, T24S, R40E, MDM. Continue W along the Inyo and Kern County boundary until the intersection with Tulare County, at that point which is the SW corner of the SE quarter of Section 32, T24S, R37E, MDM. Continue W along the Kern and Tulare County boundary, until that point which is the NW corner of T25S, R32E, MDM. Continue S following R32E lines to the NW corner of T31S, R32E, MDM. Continue W to the NW corner of T31S, R31E, MDM. Continue S to the SW corner of T32S, R31E, MDM. Continue W to SW corner of SE quarter of Section 34, T32S, R30E, MDM. Continue S to SW corner of T11N, R17W, SBM. Continue E along south boundary of T11N, SBM to SW corner of T11N, R7W, SBM. Continue S to SW corner of T9N, R7W, SBM. Continue E along south boundary of T9N, SBM to SW corner of T9N, R1E, SBM. Continue S along west boundary of R1E, SMB to Riverside County line at the SW corner of T1S, R1E, SBM. Continue E along south boundary of T1s, SBM (Riverside County Line) to SW corner of T1S, R10E, SBM. Continue S along west boundary of R10E, SBM to Imperial County line at the SW corner of TBS, R10E, SBM. Continue W along Imperial and Riverside county line to NW corner of T9S, R9E, SBM. Continue S along the boundary between Imperial and San Diego Counties, along the west edge of R9E, SBM to the south boundary of Imperial County/California state line. Follow the California state line west to Arizona state line, then north to Nevada state line, then continuing NW back to start at the point which is the NW corner of Section 1, T17N, R14E, SBM $1.00 additional per hour for portions of SAN LUIS OBISPO, KERN, SANTA BARBARA & VENTURA as defined below: That area within the following Boundary: Begin approximately 5 miles north of the community of Cholame, on the Monterey County and San Luis Obispo County boundary at the NW corner of T25S, R16E, Mt. Diablo Meridian. Continue south along the west side of R16E to the SW corner of T30S, R16E, MDM. Continue E to SW corner of T30S, R17E, MDM. Continue S to SW corner of T31S, R17E, MDM. Continue E to SW corner of T31S, R18E, MDM. Continue S along West side of R18E, MDM as it crosses into San F-1 Bernardino Meridian numbering area and becomes R30W. Follow the west side of R30W, SBM to the SW corner of T9N, R30W, SBM. Continue E along the south edge of T9N, SBM to the Santa Barbara County and Ventura County boundary at that point whch is the SW corner of Section 3439N, R24W, SBM, continue S along the Ventura County line to that point which is the SW corner of the SE quarter of Section 32, T7N, R24W, SBM. Continue E along the south edge of T7N, SBM to the SE corner to T7N, R21W, SBM. Continue N along East side of R21W, SBM to Ventura County and Kern County boundary at the NE corner of TBN, R21W. Continue W along the Ventura County and Kern County boundary to the SE corner of T9N, R21W. Continue North along the East edge of R21W, SBM to the NE corner of T12N, R21W, SBM. Continue West along the north edge of T12N, SBM to the SE corner of T32S, R21E, MDM. [T12N SBM is a think strip between T11N SBM and T32S MDM]. Continue North along the East side of R21E, MDM to the Kings County and Kern County border at the NE corner of T25S, R21E, MDM, continue West along the Kings County and Kern County Boundary until the intersection of San Luis Obispo County. Continue west along the Kings County and San Luis Obispo County boundary until the intersection with Monterey County. Continue West along the Monterey County and San Luis Obispo County boundary to the beginning point at the NW corner of T25S, R16E, MDM. $2.00 additional per hour for INYO and MONO Counties and the Northern portion of SAN BERNARDINO County as defined below: That area within the following Boundary: Begin at the intersection of the northern boundary of Mono County and the California state line at the point which is the center of Section 17, T10N, R22E, Mt. Diablo Meridian. Continue S then SE along the entire western boundary of Mono County, until it reaches Inyo County at the point which is the NE corner of the Western half of the NW quarter of Section 2, TBS, R29E, MDM. Continue SSE along the entire western boundary of Inyo County, until the intersection with Kern County at the point which is the SW corner of the SE 1/4 of Section 32, T24S, R37E, MDM. Continue E along the Inyo and Kern County boundary until the intersection with San Bernardino County at that point which is the SE corner of section 34, T24S, R40E, MDM. Continue E along the Inyo and San Bernardino County boundary until the point which is the NE corner of the Western half of the NW quarter of F-1 Section 6, T25S, R42E, MDM. Continue S to that point which is the SW corner of the NW quarter of Section 6, T27S, R42E, MDM. Continue E in a straight line to the California and Nevada state border at the point which is the NW corner of Section 1, T17N, R14E, San Bernardino Meridian. Then continue NW along the state line to the starting point, which is the center of Section 18, T10N, R22E, MDM. REMAINING AREA NOT DEFINED ABOVE RECIEVES BASE RATE ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0433-006 01/01/2025 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER Fence Erector...............$ 45.78 26.51 Ornamental, Reinforcing and Structural..............$ 50.70 35.15 PREMIUM PAY: $9.00 additional per hour at the following locations: China Lake Naval Test Station, Chocolate Mountains Naval Reserve-Niland, Edwards AFB, Fort Irwin Military Station, Fort Irwin Training Center-Goldstone, San Clemente Island, San Nicholas Island, Susanville Federal Prison, 29 Palms - Marine Corps, U.S. Marine Base - Barstow, U.S. Naval Air Facility - Sealey, Vandenberg AFB Army Defense Language Institute - Monterey, Fallon Air Base, Naval Post Graduate School - Monterey, Yermo Marine Corps Logistics Center Port Hueneme, Port Mugu, U.S. Coast Guard Station -Two Rock ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0300-005 07/01/2024 Rates Fringes Asbestos Removal Laborer.........$ 43.88 25.13 F-1 SCOPE OF WORK: Includes site mobilization, initial site cleanup, site preparation, removal of asbestos-containing material and toxic waste, encapsulation, enclosure and disposal of asbestos- containing materials and toxic waste by hand or with equipment or machinery; scaffolding, fabrication of temporary wooden barriers and assembly of decontamination stations. ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00345-00107/01/2024 Rates Fringes LABORER (GUNITE) GROUP 1.....................$ 53.48 22.77 GROUP 2.....................$ 52.53 22.77 GROUP 3.....................$ 48.99 22.77 FOOTNOTE: GUNITE PREMIUM PAY: Workers working from a Bosn'n's Chair or suspended from a rope or cable shall receive 40 cents per hour above the foregoing applicable classification rates. Workers doing gunite and/or shotcrete work in a tunnel shall receive 35 cents per hour above the foregoing applicable classification rates, paid on a portal-to-portal basis. Any work performed on, in or above any smoke stack, silo, storage elevator or similar type of structure, when such structure is in excess of 75'-0"" above base level and which work must be performed in whole or in part more than 75'-0"" above base level, that work performed above the 75'-0"" level shall be compensated for at 35 cents per hour above the applicable classification wage rate. GUNITE LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Rodmen, Nozzlemen GROUP 2: Gunmen GROUP 3: Reboundmen ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO 1184-00107/01/2024 F-1 Rates Fringes Laborers: (HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING) (1) Drilling Crew Laborer...$ 45.34 20.06 (2) Vehicle Operator/Hauler.$ 45.51 20.06 (3) Horizontal Directional Drill Operator..............$ 47.36 20.06 (4) Electronic Tracking Locator.....................$ 49.36 20.06 Laborers: (STRIPING/SLURRY SEAL) GROUP 1.....................$ 46.65 23.17 GROUP 2.....................$ 47.95 23.17 GROUP 3.....................$ 49.96 23.17 GROUP 4.....................$ 51.70 23.17 LABORERS - STRIPING CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Protective coating, pavement sealing, including repair and filling of cracks by any method on any surface in parking lots, game courts and playgrounds; carstops; operation of all related machinery and equipment; equipment repair technician GROUP 2: Traffic surface abrasive blaster; pot tender - removal of all traffic lines and markings by any method (sandblasting, waterblasting, grinding, etc.) and preparation of surface for coatings. Traffic control person: controlling and directing traffic through both conventional and moving lane closures; operation of all related machinery and equipment GROUP 3: Traffic delineating device applicator: Layout and application of pavement markers, delineating signs, rumble and traffic bars, adhesives, guide markers, other traffic delineating devices including traffic control. This category includes all traffic related surface preparation (sandblasting, waterblasting, grinding) as part of the application process. Traffic protective delineating system installer: removes, relocates, installs, permanently affixed roadside and parking delineation barricades, fencing, cable anchor, guard rail, reference signs, monument markers; operation of all related machinery and F-1 equipment; power broom sweeper GROUP 4: Striper: layout and application of traffic stripes and markings; hot thermo plastic; tape traffic stripes and markings, including traffic control; operation of all related machinery and equipment ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB01184-002 07/01/2022 Rates Fringes LABORER (TUNNEL) GROUP 1.....................$ 45.68 23.30 GROUP 2.....................$ 46.00 23.30 GROUP 3.....................$ 46.46 23.30 GROUP 4.....................$ 47.15 23.30 LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 36.39 21.04 GROUP 2.....................$ 36.94 21.04 GROUP 3.....................$ 37.49 21.04 GROUP 4.....................$ 39.04 21.04 GROUPS.....................$ 39.39 21.04 LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Cleaning and handling of panel forms; Concrete screeding for rough strike-off; Concrete, water curing; Demolition laborer, the cleaning of brick if performed by a worker performing any other phase of demolition work, and the cleaning of lumber; Fire watcher, limber, brush loader, piler and debris handler; Flag person; Gas, oil and/or water pipeline laborer; Laborer, asphalt-rubber material loader; Laborer, general or construction; Laborer, general clean-up; Laborer, landscaping; Laborer,jetting; Laborer, temporary water and air lines; Material hose operator (walls, slabs, floors and decks); Plugging, filling of shee bolt holes; Dry packing of concrete; Railroad maintenance, repair track person and road beds; Streetcar and railroad construction track laborers; Rigging and signaling; Scaler; Slip form raiser; Tar and mortar; Tool crib or tool house laborer; Traffic control by any method; Window cleaner; Wire mesh pulling - all concrete pouring operations F-1 GROUP 2: Asphalt shoveler; Cement dumper (on 1 yd. or larger mixer and handling bulk cement); Cesspool digger and installer; Chucktender; Chute handler, pouring concrete, the handling of the chute from readymix trucks, such as walls, slabs, decks, floors, foundation, footings, curbs, gutters and sidewalks; Concrete curer, impervious membrane and form oiler; Cutting torch operator (demolition); Fine grader, highways and street paving, airport, runways and similar type heavy construction; Gas, oil and/or water pipeline wrapper- pot tender and form person; Guinea chaser; Headerboard person - asphalt; Laborer, packing rod steel and pans; Membrane vapor barrier installer; Power broom sweeper (small); Riprap stonepaver, placing stone or wet sacked concrete; Roto scraper and tiller; Sandblaster (pot tender); Septic tank digger and installer(lead); Tank scaler and cleaner; Tree climber, faller, chain saw operator, Pittsburgh chipper and similar type brush shredder; Underground laborer, including caisson bellower GROUP 3: Buggymobile person; Concrete cutting torch; Concrete pile cutter; Driller,jackhammer, 2-1/2 ft. drill steel or longer; Dri-pak-it machine; Gas, oil and/or water pipeline wrapper, 6-in. pipe and over, by any method, inside and out; High scaler (including drilling of same); Hydro seeder and similar type; Impact wrench multi-plate; Kettle person, pot person and workers applying asphalt, lay-kold, creosote, lime caustic and similar type materials (""applying"" means applying, dipping, brushing or handling of such materials for pipe wrapping and waterproofing); Operator of pneumatic, gas, electric tools, vibrating machine, pavement breaker, air blasting, come-alongs, and similar mechanical tools not separately classified herein; Pipelayer's backup person, coating, grouting, making of joints, sealing, caulking, diapering and including rubber gasket joints, pointing and any and all other services; Rock slinger; Rotary scarifier or multiple head concrete chipping scarifier; Steel headerboard and guideline setter; Tamper, Barko, Wacker and similar type; Trenching machine, hand-propelled GROUP 4: Asphalt raker, lute person, ironer, asphalt dump person, and asphalt spreader boxes (all types); Concrete core cutter (walls, floors or ceilings), grinder or sander; Concrete saw person, cutting walls or flat work, scoring F-1 old or new concrete; Cribber, shorer, lagging, sheeting and trench bracing, hand-guided lagging hammer; Head rock slinger; Laborer, asphalt- rubber distributor boot person; Laser beam in connection with laborers' work; Oversize concrete vibrator operator, 70 lbs. and over; Pipelayer performing all services in the laying and installation of pipe from the point of receiving pipe in the ditch until completion of operation, including any and all forms of tubular material, whether pipe, metallic or non-metallic, conduit and any other stationary type of tubular device used for the conveying of any substance or element, whether water, sewage, solid gas, air, or other product whatsoever and without regard to the nature of material from which the tubular material is fabricated; No-joint pipe and stripping of same; Prefabricated manhole installer; Sandblaster (nozzle person), water blasting, Porta Shot-Blast GROUP 5: Blaster powder, all work of loading holes, placing and blasting of all powder and explosives of whatever type, regardless of method used for such loading and placing; Driller: All power drills, excluding jackhammer, whether core, diamond, wagon, track, multiple unit, and any and all other types of mechanical drills without regard to the form of motive power; Toxic waste removal TUNNEL LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Batch plant laborer; Changehouse person; Dump person; Dump person (outside); Swamper (brake person and switch person on tunnel work); Tunnel materials handling person; Nipper; Pot tender, using mastic or other materials (for example, but not by way of limitation, shotcrete, etc.) GROUP 2: Chucktender, cabletender; Loading and unloading agitator cars; Vibrator person,jack hammer, pneumatic tools (except driller); Bull gang mucker, track person; Concrete crew, including rodder and spreader GROUP 3: Blaster, driller, powder person; Chemical grout jet person; Cherry picker person; Grout gun person; Grout mixer person; Grout pump person; Jackleg miner; Jumbo person; Kemper and other pneumatic concrete placer operator; Miner, tunnel (hand or machine); Nozzle person; Operating of troweling and/or grouting machines; Powder person (primer F-1 house); Primer person; Sandblaster; Shotcrete person; Steel form raiser and setter; Timber person, retimber person, wood or steel; Tunnel Concrete finisher GROUP 4: Diamond driller; Sandblaster; Shaft and raise work ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB01184-004 07/01/2024 Rates Fringes Brick Tender.....................$ 41.53 22.54 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO 1414-00108/03/2022 Rates Fringes LABORER PLASTER CLEAN-UP LABORER....$ 38.92 23.32 PLASTER TENDER..............$ 41.47 23.32 Work on a swing stage scaffold: $1.00 per hour additional. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAI N0036-001 07/01/2023 Rates Fringes Painters: (Including Lead Abatement) (1) Repaint (excludes San Diego County)...............$ 29.59 17.12 (2) All Other Work..........$ 38.52 18.64 REPAINT of any previously painted structure. Exceptions: work involving the aerospace industry, breweries, commercial recreational facilities, hotels which operate commercial establishments as part of hotel service, and sports facilities. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0036-008 09/01/2024 Rates Fringes F-1 DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER...........$ 49.33 26.82 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN0036-015 01/01/2025 Rates Fringes GLAZIER..........................$ 53.05 30.64 FOOTNOTE: Additional $1.25 per hour for work in a condor, from the third (3rd) floor and up Additional $1.25 per hour for work on the outside of the building from a swing stage or any suspended contrivance, from the ground up ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0200-009 08/03/2022 Rates Fringes PLASTERER........................$ 47.37 19.64 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0500-002 07/01/2023 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 44.00 27.11 ---------------------------------------------------------------- P LU M 0016-001 09/01/2024 Rates Fringes PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER Work ONLY on new additions and remodeling of bars, restaurant, stores and commercial buildings not to exceed 5,000 sq. ft. of floor space.................$ 57.67 25.63 Work ONLY on strip malls, light commercial, tenant improvement and remodel work........................$ 44.24 23.96 All other work except work on new additions and remodeling of bars, F-1 restaurant, stores and commercial buildings not to exceed 5,000 sq. ft. of floor space and work on strip malls, light commercial, tenant improvement and remodel work........................$ 59.48 26.61 ---------------------------------------------------------------- P LU M 0345-001 09/01/2023 Rates Fringes PLUMBER Landscape/Irrigation Fitter.$ 40.20 25.90 Sewer& Storm Drain Work....$ 44.29 23.28 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ROOF0036-002 08/01/2024 Rates Fringes ROOFER...........................$ 49.43 20.58 FOOTNOTE: Pitch premium: Work on which employees are exposed to pitch fumes or required to handle pitch, pitch base or pitch impregnated products, or any material containing coal tar pitch, the entire roofing crew shall receive $1.75 per hour ""pitch premium"" pay. ---------------------------------------------------------------- SFCA0669-002 01/01/2025 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER.................$ 47.45 28.50 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0105-003 01/01/2025 LOS ANGELES (South of a straight line drawn between Gorman and Big Pines)and Catalina Island, INYO, KERN (Northeast part, East of Hwy 395), MONO ORANGE, RIVERSIDE, AND SAN BERNARDINO COUNTIES Rates Fringes F-1 SHEET METAL WORKER (1) Commercial - New Construction and Remodel work........................$ 59.31 30.43 (2) Industrial work including air pollution control systems, noise abatement, hand rails, guard rails, excluding aritechtural sheet metal work, excluding A-C, heating, ventilating systems for human comfort...$ 56.95 30.04 ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0011-002 07/01/2024 Rates Fringes TRUCK DRIVER GROUP 1....................$ 39.59 34.34 GROUP 2....................$ 39.74 34.34 GROUP 3....................$ 39.87 34.34 GROUP 4....................$ 40.06 34.34 GROUP 5....................$ 40.09 34.34 GROUP 6....................$ 40.12 34.34 GROUP 7....................$ 40.37 34.34 GROUP 8....................$ 40.62 34.34 GROUP 9....................$ 40.82 34.34 GROUP 10....................$ 41.12 34.34 GROUP 11....................$ 41.62 34.34 GROUP 12....................$ 42.05 34.34 WORK ON ALL MILITARY BASES: PREMIUM PAY: $3.00 per hour additional. [29 palms Marine Base, Camp Roberts, China Lake, Edwards AFB, El Centro Naval Facility, Fort Irwin, Marine Corps Logistics Base at Nebo & Yermo, Mountain Warfare Training Center, Bridgeport, Point Arguello, Point Conception, Vandenberg AFB] TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS F-1 GROUP 1: Truck driver GROUP 2: Driver of vehicle or combination of vehicles - 2 axles; Traffic control pilot car excluding moving heavy equipment permit load; Truck mounted broom GROUP 3: Driver of vehicle or combination of vehicles - 3 axles; Boot person; Cement mason distribution truck; Fuel truck driver; Water truck - 2 axle; Dump truck, less than 16 yds. water level; Erosion control driver GROUP 4: Driver of transit mix truck, under 3 yds.; Dumperete truck, less than 6-1/2 yds. water level GROUP 5: Water truck, 3 or more axles; Truck greaser and tire person ($0.50 additional for tire person); Pipeline and utility working truck driver, including winch truck and plastic fusion, limited to pipeline and utility work; Slurry truck driver GROUP 6: Transit mix truck, 3 yds. or more; Dumperete truck, 6-1/2 yds. water level and over; Vehicle or combination of vehicles -4 or more axles; Oil spreader truck; Dump truck, 16 yds. to 25 yds. water level GROUP 7: A Frame, Swedish crane or similar; Forklift driver; Ross carrier driver GROUP 8: Dump truck, 25 yds. to 49 yds. water level; Truck repair person; Water pull - single engine; Welder GROUP 9: Truck repair person/welder; Low bed driver, 9 axles or over GROUP 10: Dump truck- 50 yds. or more water level; Water pull - single engine with attachment GROUP 11: Water pull -twin engine; Water pull -twin engine with attachments; Winch truck driver - $1.25 additional when operating winch or similar special attachments GROUP 12: Boom Truck 17K and above F-1 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classifications and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the type(s) of construction and geographic area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order under rate identifiers indicating whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate), a survey rate, a weighted union average rate, a state adopted rate, or a supplemental classification rate. Union Rate Identifiers F-1 A four-letter identifier beginning with characters other than ""SU"", ""UAVG"", ?SA?, or ?SC? denotes that a union rate was prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2024. PLUM is an identifier of the union whose collectively bargained rate prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2024 in the example, is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all changes over time that are reported to WHD in the rates in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing the classification. Union Average Rate Identifiers The UAVG identifier indicates that no single rate prevailed for those classifications, but that 100% of the data reported for the classifications reflected union rates. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 01/01/2024. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the State of Ohio. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. The date, 01/01/2024 in the example, indicates the date the wage determination was updated to reflect the most current union average rate. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January, to reflect a weighted average of the current rates in the collective bargaining agreements on which the rate is based. Survey Rate Identifiers The ""SU"" identifier indicates that either a single non-union rate prevailed (as defined in 29 CFR 1.2) for this classification in the survey or that the rate was derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As a weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SUFL2022-007 F-1 6/27/2024. SU indicates the rate is a single non-union prevailing rate or a weighted average of survey data for that classification. FL indicates the State of Florida. 2022 is the year of the survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. The date, 6/27/2024 in the example, indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. ?SU?wage rates typically remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. However, the Wage and Hour Division (WHD) has the discretion to update such rates under 29 CFR 1.6(c)(1). State Adopted Rate Identifiers The ""SA"" identifier indicates that the classifications and prevailing wage rates set by a state (or local) government were adopted under 29 C.F.R 1.3(g)-(h). Example: SAME2023-007 01/03/2024. SA reflects that the rates are state adopted. ME refers to the State of Maine. 2023 is the year during which the state completed the survey on which the listed classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. The date, 01/03/2024 in the example, reflects the date on which the classifications and rates under the ?SA? identifier took effect under state law in the state from which the rates were adopted. ----------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: a) a survey underlying a wage determination b) an existing published wage determination c) an initial WHD letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter d) an initial conformance (additional classification and rate) determination On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be directed to the WHD Branch F-1 of Wage Surveys. Requests can be submitted via email to davisbaconinfo@dol.gov or by mail to: Branch of Wage Surveys Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 Regarding any other wage determination matter such as conformance decisions, requests for initial decisions should be directed to the WHD Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Requests can be submitted via email to BCWD-Office@dol.gov or by mail to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2) If an initial decision has been issued, then any interested party (those affected by the action) that disagrees with the decision can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Requests for review and reconsideration can be submitted via email to dba.reconsideration@dol.gov or by mail to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor F-1 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISION" F-1 SECTION F - SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART 2 TECHNICAL PROVISIONS F-1 SECTION 01 2000 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Schedule of Values. B. Application for Payment. C. Defect Assessment. D. Non-payment for Rejected Work. E. Change Procedures. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit Schedule of Values for approval at Pre-Construction Meeting. B. Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this section. C. Include within each line item, a directly proportional amount of Contractor's Overhead and Profit. D. Revise Schedule to list approved Change Orders, on continuation sheet, with each Application for Payment. 1.03 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit two (2) copies of each Application on AIA Form G702 - "Application and Certificate for Payment". B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. 1.04 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace the work, or portions of the work, not conforming to specified requirements. B. If in the opinion of the Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the work, the Architect will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The defective work may remain, but the listed schedule of value will be adjusted to a new value at the discretion of the Architect. 2. The defective work will be partially repaired to the instructions and satisfaction of the Architect and the listed schedule of value will be adjusted to reflect a new value at the discretion of the Architect. 1.05 NON-PAYMENT FOR REJECTED WORK A. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined to be unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the work. 6. Loading, hauling and disposing of rejected products. 1.06 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. The Architect will advise of minor changes in the work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by the General Conditions on AIA Form G710 - "Architect's Supplemental Instructions". B. The Architect may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. Contractor will prepare and submit a detailed estimate within 14 days. C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a Change Order Request to the Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on work by separate or other contractors. D. Stipulated Sum Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed price quotation or Contractor's Change Order Request as approved by Architect. E. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a directive, signed by the Owner and Architect, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the work, and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. Promptly execute the change. F. Change Order Forms: Of type provided by the Owner. G. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. H. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item of work affected by the change and resubmit. I. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any changes in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change and resubmit. J. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION -- NOT APPLICABLE- - END OF SECTION SECTION 01 3000 SUBMITTALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Shop Drawings. 3. Product Data. 4. Samples. 5. Daily Construction Reports. B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for Administrative Submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Permits. 2. Applications for Payment. 3. Performance and Payment Bonds. 4. Insurance Certificates. 5. List of Subcontractors. C. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 01 3100 - "Coordination" specifies requirements governing preparation and submittal of required coordination drawings. 2. Section 01 4500 - "Quality Control" specifies requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Coordination Drawings show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or to function as intended. 1. Preparation of coordination drawings is specified in Section 01 3100 - "Coordination" and may include components previously shown in detail on Shop Drawings or Product Data. B. Field Samples are full-size physical examples erected on-site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the work will judged. C. Mockups are full-size assemblies for review of construction, coordination, testing or operation; they are not Samples. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals. a. Allow two (2)weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if the Architect must delay processing to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. b. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. c. Allow two (2)weeks for reprocessing each submittal. d. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the work to permit processing. B. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect using a transmittal form, including Job Name, Specification Section Number and Required Lead-Time. The Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Submit five (5) copies of the Construction Schedule, broken down by trade or material, to the Architect for approval prior to the first Application for Payment. Schedule shall be by CPM or bar graph type, and shall show proposed starting and completion dates for each trade and activity for the work. Submit five (5) copies of the updated schedule at each Application for Payment review to the Architect. 1. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. As work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. B. Submit completed Construction Schedule to Architect no later than 20 calendar days after the date established for"Notice to Proceed", and update monthly during construction. Submit current schedule with each Application for Payment. C. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, Subcontractors and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the Project Meeting Room and temporary field office. D. Submit completed material delivery schedule to the Architect no later than 20 calendar days after the"Notice to Proceed". Identify material critical to the progress of the Project and those for which long lead-time in procurement is anticipated. Indicate projected dates for submittal, order and delivery of such material. 1.05 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. After development and acceptance of the Contractor's Construction Schedule, prepare a complete Schedule of Submittals. Submit the Schedule within 10 days of the date required for submittal of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS (SUBMITTALS) A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following information: 1. Job Name. 2. Location. 3. Dimensions. 4. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements. 5. If Shop Drawings are rejected twice by the Architect and a third submittal is required, the Trade Contractor will be billed $150/hour for review time. 1.07 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. B. A copy of manufacturer's installation instructions and warranty literature shall be provided for all products at time of Shop Drawing submittal. However, this submission shall not relieve the Contractor's duty to assemble warranty manuals and installation literature at the end of the project. Refer to Section 01 7700 - "Closeout Procedures". 1.08 SAMPLES A. Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. 1. Submit samples for review of size, kind, finish, color, pattern and texture. Submit samples for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations. 2. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the project site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. 1.09 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return is required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return. 1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return. 1. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "No Exception Taken", the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Final-but-Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Make Corrections Noted", the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal "Rejected", "Revise and Resubmit" do not proceed with work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. a. Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked "Rejected", "Revise and Resubmit" at the project site or elsewhere where work is in progress. C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender without action. 1.10 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS A. Prepare a Daily Construction Report recording the following information concerning events at the site, and submit duplicate copies to the Owner by 4:30pm the following day. 1. List of Subcontractors at the site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at the site. 3. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions. 4. Accidents and unusual events. 5. Meetings and significant decisions. 6. Stoppages, delays, shortages and losses. 7. Emergency procedures. 8. Orders and requests of governing authorities. 9. Services connected, disconnected. 10. Equipment or system tests and startups. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION -- NOT APPLICABLE -- END OF SECTION SECTION 01 3100 COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS A. Carefuly study and compare Contract Documents before proceeding with fabrication and installation of work. Promptly advise Architect of any error, inconsistency, omission or apparent discrepancy discovered. B. Allot time in construction scheduling for liason with Architect; establish procedures for handling queries and clarifications. Use "Request for Information " (RFI)form for requesting information. C. If Architect is able to respond to a Request for Information (RFI), by making specific reference to Drawing sheet of Specification section, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for charges of Architect and Architect's Consultants for performing review services for the Contractor. D. Coordinate work of various specification sections having interdependent responsibilities for installation, connection and operation. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel 3. Cleaning and protection. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 01 3000 - "Submittals"for preparing and submitting the Project Manager's Construction Schedule. 2. Section 01 7700 - "Closeout Procedures"for coordinating contract closeout. 1.03 COORDINATION DRAWINGS AND LAYOUTS A. General: 1. Coordination Drawings are not Shop Drawings and are not to be submitted to Architect for approval. 2. Coordination drawings show relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in space provided or to function as intended. B. Coordinate in field with affected trades for proper relationship to work based on project conditions. C. Notify Architect of conflicts and other coordination issues requiring resolution prior to commencing construction in each affected area. D. Make coordination documents available in field office for review by Architect and Owner during entire period of construction. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction operations included in various sections of these specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the work. 1. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. 3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. The Contractor shall review the entire construction document set for dimensional coordination. Special attention should be placed on architectural/structural dimension coordination. 1. If discrepancies occur, the Contractor is directed to place a written request to the Project Architect for clarification. This request must occur prior to any work occurring. 2. Proceeding into an area of work without checking the documents for dimensional coordination and resolving the condition in a timely manner will in no way release the Contractor from correction procedures. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project closeout activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Excessively high or low temperatures. 2. Excessively high or low humidity. 3. Air contamination or pollution. 4. Water or ice. 5. Solvents. 6. Chemicals. 7. Light. 8. Radiation. 9. Puncture. 10. Heavy traffic. 11. Soiling, staining and corrosion. 12. Combustion. 13. Electrical current. 14. Improper lubrication. 15. Unusual wear or other misuse. 16. Contact between incompatible materials. 17. Misalignment. 18. Excessive weathering. 19. Unprotected storage. 20. Improper shipping or handling. 21. Theft. 22. Vandalism. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 4200 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The Contract Documents contain references to various standard specifications, codes, practices and requirements for materials, work quality, installation, inspections and tests, which references are published and issued by the organizations listed hereinafter by abbreviation and name. Such references are hereby made a part of these Contract Documents to the extent indicated or required. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic contract definitions are included in the General and Special Conditions of the Contract. B. "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on the Drawings; or to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled" and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference. Location is not limited. C. "Directed": Terms such as "directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "required" and "permitted" mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases. D. "Approved": The term "approved", when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. E. "Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation and similar operations. G. "Install": The term "install" describes operations at the project site including the actual unloading, temporary storage, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations. H. "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor or contractor of lower tier, who performs a particular construction activity including installation, erection, application, or similar opertions. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. 1. The term "experienced", when used with the term "installer", means having successfully completed a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this project, being familiar with the specfied requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Trades: Using terms such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter". It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name. 3. Assigning Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activties shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in those operations. The specialists must be engaged for those activities, and their assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no option. However, the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling contract requirements remains with the Contractor. a. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcing building codes and similar regulations governing the work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. J. "Project Site" is the spce available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing work as part of the Project. The extent of the project site is shown on the drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built. K. "Testing Agencies": A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the project site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests. 1.03 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 2004 "Masterformat" numbering system. B. Specification Content: These Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate words implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall", "shall be" or"shall comply with", depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.04 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such Standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. When the effective date of a Reference Standard is not given, it shall be understood that the current edition or latest revision thereof and any amendments or supplements thereto in effect on the date of issue of these Contact Documents, as indicated by the date on the cover sheet or in the Invitation to Bid, shall govern the work. C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with 2 or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different but apparently equal to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source and make them available on request. E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. The following list of general reference standards is common to the construction industry. This list is not all- inclusive nor does the presence of a reference standard imply necessarily that it is referenced in the Specifications or other Contract Documents. AAAluminum Association AABCAssociated Air Balance Council AAMAAmerican Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTOAmerican Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACIAmerican Concrete Institute International ADCAmerican Diffusion Council AGAAmerican Gas Association AIAAmerican Institute of Architects AISCAmerican Institute of Steel Construction AISIAmerican Iron and Steel Institute ALSCAmerican Lumber Standards Committee AMCAAir Movement and Control Association International ANSIAmerican National Standards Institute APAEngineered Wood Association (Formerly American Plywood Ass'n) ARIAir Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASCEAmerican Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAEAmerican Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engrs ASMEThe American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPEAmerican Society of Plumbing Engineers ASSEThe American Society of Sanitary Engineers ASTMAmerican Society for Testing and Materials AWIArchitectural Woodwork Institute AWSAmerican Welding Society BHMABuilders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIABrick Industry Association CISCACeilings & Interior Systems Construction Association CISPICast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CLFMIChain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CRSIConcrete Reinforcing Steel Institute DHIDoor and Hardware Institute (Formerly Ntl. Builders Hardware Assoc) EIMAEIFS Industry Manufacturers Association FGMAFIat Glass Marketing Association FMFactory Mutual Research Corporation GAGypsum Association GANAGlass Association of North America IAPMOInternational Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICBOlnternational Conference of Building Officials ICClnternational Code Council IEEElnstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IESNAIIIuminating Engineering Society of North America IGCCInsulating Glass Certification Council MBMAMetal Building Manufacturers Association NAAMMThe National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NCMANational Concrete Masonry Association NEBBNational Environmental Balancing Bureau NECANational Electrical Contractors Association NEMANational Electrical Manufacturers Association NETANational Electrical Contractors Association NFPANational Fire Protection Association NRCANational Roofing Contractors Association NSFNSF International (National Sanitation Foundation) PCAPortland Cement Association PDIPlumbing and Drainage Institute SDISteel Door Institute SGCCSafety Glazing Certification Council SJISteel Joist Institute SMACNASheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association TCATile Council of America UBCUniform Building Code (International Conference of Building Officials) ULUnderwriters Laboratories, Inc. WCLIBWest Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WDMAWindow and Door Manufacturers Association (Formerly NWWDA) WICWoodwork Institute of California F. Federal Government Agencies and Acronyms: Names and titles of Federal Government standards -or specification-producing agencies are often abbreviated. The following abbreviations and acronyms which may be referenced in the Contract Documents indicate names of standards -or specification-producing agencies of the Federal Government. This list is not all-inclusive nor does presence on the list imply necessarily that the abbreviation is referenced in the Specifications or other Contract Documents. ADAAmericans with Disabilities Act CFRCode of Federal Regulations COECorps of Engineers, U S Army CPSCConsumer Product Safety Commission DOCDepartment of Commerce DOTDepartment of Transportation EPAEnviron mental Protection Agency FAAFederal Aviation Adiministration FCCFederal Communications Commission FDAFood and Drug Administration FHAFederal Housing Administration FSFederal Specifications and Standards (General Services Admin) GSAGeneral Services Administration MILMilitary Specifications and Standards (U S Dept of Defense) NISTNational Institute of Standards and Technology OSHAOccupational Safety and Health Administration (U S Dept ofLabor) PSProduct Standards (U S Dept of Commerce) USDAUnited States Department of Agriculture USPSUnited States Postal Service PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION -- NOT APPLICABLE -- END OF SECTION SECTION 01 4500 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality-control services. B. Quality-Control services include inspections, tests and related actions, including reports performed and/or directed by the Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated in the Construction Documents. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform specified inspections and testing. B. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the work, and to manufacturer's facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. 4. Notify Architect/Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. a. Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and other quality-control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. 1) Where individual sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality- control services are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality-control services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. C. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests or other quality-control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. 1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor or Trade Subcontractor, is the Trade Subcontractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. 2. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment a the project site. D. Duties of the Testing Agency: The Independent Agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual sections shall cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provie qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 1. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the work during performance of its services. 2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the work. E. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Independent Testing Agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test or similar service to the Architect and Structural Engineer. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service through the Contractor. 1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. 2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. c. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f. Designation of the work and test method. g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. i. Test results and an interpretation of test results. j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested work complies with Contract Document requirements. I. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m. Recommendations on retesting. 1.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referrred to a Reference Standards, comply with requirements of the Standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to Reference Standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Obtain copies of Standards where required by product specification sections. D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. F. Neither the contractural relationships, duties or responsibilities of the parties in contract nor those of Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference in any reference document. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independet Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independet Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. 1. Each Independent Inspection and Testing Agency engaged on the project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the project is located. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for Section 01 7000 -"Execution Requirements". B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect repaired construction. C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. D. Should manufacturer's instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. E. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. F. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. G. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings or and instructed by the manufacturer. H. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion and disfigurement. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as appicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products. B. Transportation and handling. C. Storage and protection. D. Product options. E. Substitutions. 1.02 PRODUCTS A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions B. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that Products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and Products are undamaged. C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight, climate controlled enclosures. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. C. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. D. Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. E. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. F. Provide equipment and personnel to store Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. G. Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure Products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions 1.05 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any Product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. C. Products specified by naming only one Manufacturer is intended to establish the standard required. It is not intended to limit the selection of equal products of other manufacturers. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Owner, Architect/Engineer will consider requests for Equal/Substitutions at any time up to 35 days after the date of Owner Contractor Agreement. B. Equal/Substitutions will be approved only if the Owner, Architect/Engineer deems the product is of equal quality. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit six copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, Product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. 3. The Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject request. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION -- NOT APPLICABLE -- END OF SECTION SECTION 01 7000 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Pre-installation meetings. C. Cutting and patching. D. Surveying for laying out the work. E. Cleaning and protection. F. Starting of systems and equipment. G. Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Submittals: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 4500 - Quality Control: Testing and inspection procedures. C. Individual Product Specification Sections: 1. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections. 2. Limitations on cutting structural members. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000- "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in the State of California and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and requirements of Section 01 31 00 - "Coordination"to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow routing indicated for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. E. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Architect four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. D. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect. F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. G. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations. 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. C. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. D. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. E. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. G. Patching: 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Match color, texture, and appearance. 3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. F. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible. 3.09 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify Architect and owner seven days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage. D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. 3.10 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time, at equipment location. B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. C. Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of owner personnel. 3.11 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures for Completion Reviews. 2. Final adjustments of accounts and payment. 3. As-built drawings. 4. Project record document submittal. 5. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 6. Submittals and warranties. 7. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate individual sections. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspections for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following: 1. Conduct inspection to substantiate basis for request that Work is substantially complete. Create comprehensive list (initial punch list) indicating items to be completed or corrected, value of incomplete or non-conforming work, reason for being incomplete, and date of anticipated completion for each item. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instructions of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. 1.03 FINAL COMPLETION REVIEW A. Within 7 days after receipt of request for final review, Architect will make site review to determine whether Work is complete following procedures indicated in Conditions of the Contract. B. Should Architect consider Work to be incomplete or defective: 1. Architect will promptly notify Contractor listing incomplete or defective work. C. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy stated deficiencies and send second written request to Architect the Work is complete. 1. Architect will reinspect the Work. 2. Revisits for Site Reviews: a. Should Architect have to re-perform site reviews due to failure of work to comply with claims of completion made by Contractor, Owner will reimburse Architect for such additional services and will deduct amount of compensation from final payment to Contractor. 1.04 EVIDENCE OF PAYMENTS AND RELEASE OF LIENS A. Submit Contractor's affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims on AIA Document G706. B. Submit Contractor's affidavit of Release of Liens on AIA Document G706A with: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment: AIA G707. 2. Contractor's Release of Waiver of Liens. 3. Separate releases or waivers of liens from subcontractors, suppliers and others with lien rights against property of Owner, together with list of those parties. C. Execute Submittals before delivery to Owner. 1.05 FINAL ADJUSTMENTS OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit final statement of accounting to Architect. B. Show adjustments to Contract Sum: 1. Original Contract Sum. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders. b. Allowances. c. Unit prices. d. Deductions for uncorrected work. e. Deductions for inspection payments. f. Other adjustments. 3. Total Contract Sum. 4. Previous Payments. 5. Retainage. 6. Sum remaining due. C. Architect will prepare final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum which are not included in Change Orders previously processed. 1.06 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract. 1.07 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS (AS-BUILTS) A. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where installation varies substantially from the work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red ink. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings. B. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch, 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Furnish Architect with three (3) complete sets within 30 calendar days of initial Certificate of Occupancy. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "turn-around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Product data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. C. Spare Parts and Extra Stock Inventory: Transmit spare parts and extra stock to the Owner with an inventory checklist for review by the Owner. Checklist shall include an itemized listing of each type of item and quantity, a method for the Owner to check off each item accepted, and a receipt for the Owner to sign and return to the Contractor accepting the entire inventory. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instructions by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. 1. Include a detailed review of the following items: a. Maintenance manuals. b. Record documents. c. Spare parts and manuals. d. Tools. e. Lubricants. f. Fuels. g. Identification systems. h. Control sequences. i. Hazards. j. Cleaning. k. Warranties and bonds. I. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. 2. As part of the instructions for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: a. Startup. b. Shutdown. c. Emergency operations. d. Noise and vibration adjustments. e. Safety procedures. f. Economy and efficiency adjustments. g. Effective energy utilization. B. Delivery of Spare Parts and Extra Stock: Deliver spare parts and extra stock to storage location designated by the Owner. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Section 01 7000 - "Execution Requirements". B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the work during construction. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site as directed by the Owner. 1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated work, they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION SECTION 02 4119 BSD DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at project site. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory of items that have been removed and salvaged. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. B. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Construction Manager. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. C. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. D. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Engage a professional engineer to perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify,disconnect,and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place. C. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment;when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect,and make equipment operational. e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material and leave in place. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors,verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame- cutting operations. Maintain portable fire- suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 4. Maintain fire watch during and for at least one hour after flame-cutting operations. 5. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 6. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads,streets,walks,walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Construction Manager. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Removed and Reinstalled Items: l. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of ontainers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Construction Manager, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition, and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and recycle or dispose of them. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION SECTION 07 9005 JOINT SEALERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 3000 -Tiling: Sealant used as tile grout. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C834- Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2014. B. ASTM C920- Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. C. ASTM C1193- Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2013. D. ASTM D2240- Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness; 2005 (Reapproved 2010). E. SCAQMD 1168- South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers - General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. B. General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Acrylic, solvent release curing; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 12-1/2, Uses M, G, and A; single or multi- component. 1. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 2. Applications: Use for: a. Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry. b. Joints between concrete and other materials. c. Joints between metal frames and other materials. d. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated. 3. Products: a. Red Devil; Siliconized Acrylic Construction Grade (35 Year) Sealant: www.reddevil.com. b. Sherwin-Williams Company; Shermax Urethanized Elastomeric Sealant: www.sherwin-williams.com. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. C. General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NF single component, paintable. 1. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 2. Products: a. Bostik Inc; : www.bostik-us.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. D. Concrete Floor Joint Filler: Self-leveling, pourable, semi-rigid sealant intended for filling cracks and control joints not subject to significant movement; rigid enough to support concrete edges under traffic. 1. Composition: , Single or multi-part,100 percent solids by weight. 2. Hardness: 85 after 7 days, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240 Shore A. 3. Color: Concrete gray. 4. Joint Width: 1/8 inch. 5. Joint Depth: Provide product suitable for joints from 1/8 inch to 2 inches in depth including space for backer rod. 6. Products: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Tool joints concave. H. Concrete Floor Joint Filler: Install concrete floor joint filler per manufacturer's written instructions. After floor joint filler is fully cured, shave joint filler flush with top of concrete slab. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION SECTION 08 5659 SERVICE AND TELLER WINDOW UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Service and teller window units. B. Pass-through devices. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9200 -Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between frames and adjacent construction. B. Section 08 5113 -Aluminum Windows. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 611 -Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2012. B. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2014. C. ASTM B221 M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes [Metric]; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for specified products indicating materials, operation, glazing, finishes, and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate configuration, sizes, rough-in, mounting, anchors and fasteners, and installation clearances. D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver units in manufacturer's original packaging and unopened containers with identification labels intact. B. Store units in area protected from exposure to weather and vandalism. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7770 - Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SERVICE AND TELLER WINDOW UNITS A. Manufacture: C.R. Laurence Co. Inc. /(800)421-6144 or approved equal. 1. Location: Interior. a. Basis of Design: Aluminum Exterior Manual Sliding Service Window. 1) SCDW1801 2) Provide Stainless Steel sill. Pass -through sill and counter must be smooth, free of crevices and channels and be easily cleanible. Must comply with Health Department. 2. Window: Pass-through, single horizontal sliding. a. Operation: Manual, self-closing. b. Size: As indicated on drawings. c. Finish: Satin Anodized. d. Finish Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 3. Glazing: clear, 1/4" thick. a. Tempered safety glazing. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Windows: Factory-fabricated, finished, and glazed, with extruded aluminum frame and glazing stops; complete with hardware and anchors. 1. Provide window units that are re-glazable from the secure side without dismantling the non-secure side of framing. 2. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners with internal reinforcement. Make joints and connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Fully weld corners. 3. Apply factory finish to all exposed surfaces. 4. Self-Closing Operation: Manual open and self-closing with auto-locking handles and magnetic hold-open device. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: Minimum 1/8 inch thick frame and sash material complying with ASTM B221 and ASTM B221 M. 1. Mill Finished Aluminum Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish. B. Sealant for Setting Sills and Sill Flashing: Non-curing butyl type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that window openings are ready for installation of windows. B. Verify that correct embedded anchors are in place and in proper location; repair or replace anchors as required to achieve satisfactory installation. C. Notify Architect if conditions are not suitable for installation of units; do not proceed until conditions are satisfactory. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install units in correct orientation (inside/outside or secure/non-secure). C. Anchor units securely in manner so as to achieve performance specified. D. Set sill members and sill flashing in continuous bead of sealant. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from factory finished surfaces. B. Clean exposed surfaces promptly after installation without damaging finishes. C. Remove and replace defective work. D. Provide temporary protection to ensure that security windows are without damage upon date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION SECTION 09 3000 TILING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tile for floor applications. B. Tile for wall applications. C. Cementitious backer board as tile substrate. D. Setting materials. E. Grout materials. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Substrate for mortar bed. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 -American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 2013.1. B. ANSI A108.11 -American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2010 (Revised). C. ANSI A118.1 -American National Standard Specifications for Dry-Set Cement Mortar; 2012 (Revised). D. ANSI A118.3-American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 2013 (Revised). E. ANSI A118.6-American National Standard Specifications for Standard Cement Grouts for Tile Installation; 2010 (Revised). F. ANSI A118.15 -American National Standard Specifications for Improved Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar; 2012. G. ANSI A118.15-American National Standard Specifications for Improved Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar; 2013.1. H. ANSI A137.1 -American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 2013.1. I. ASTM C373- Standard Test Method for Water Absorption, Bulk Density, Apparent Porosity, and Apparent Specific Gravity of Fired Whiteware Products, Ceramic Tiles, and Glass Tiles; 2014a. J. TCNA(HB)- Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; 2015. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives. 1. Mortar and grout manufacturer's technical data sheets indicating suitability for the installation specified and compliance standards. C. Samples: Submit the following for each type, color, size and finish included in the work. 1. Full size tile and trim shapes. 2. Grout color samples. 3. Sealant color samples and Prefabricated Joint/Transition Strip samples. D. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, and stain removal methods. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of and ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 and TCNA(HB)on site. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, with minimum five years of documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing tile installation, with minimum of five years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install solvent-based products in an unventilated environment. B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of mortar materials. C. Illuminate the work area during installation providing the same level and angle of illumination as will be available for final inspection. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE A. Manufacturers: All products by the same manufacturer. 1. Dal-Tile Corporation: www.daltile.com. 2. Or approved equal. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. Quarry Tile: ANSI A137.1, standard grade. 1. Moisture Absorption: 0.5 to 3.0 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 6 by 6 inch, nominal. 3. Thickness: 1/2 inch, nominal. 4. Surface Finish: Unglazed. 5. Color(s): To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 6. Trim Units: Matching cove base shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 2.02 SETTING MATERIALS A. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI Al 18.15, -, or B. Epoxy Adhesive and Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI A118.3. 1. Products: a. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE LATAPDXY 300 Adhesive: www.laticrete.com/#sle. b. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. C. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI A118.1. D. Mortar Bed Materials: Pre-packaged mix of Portland cement, sand, latex additive, and water. 2.03 GROUTS A. Grout: Tile Council of North America (TCNA)formula AARII HT, Epoxy resin. (Sand grout will not be accepted). B. Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3 chemical resistant and water-cleanable epoxy grout. 1. Applications: 2. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line. 3. Products: a. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO Premium Grout: www.laticrete.com/#sle. 2.04 MORTAR AND GROUT MIX A. Mix and proportion pre-mix setting bed and grout materials in accordance with manufacture's instructions and TCNA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive tile. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive tile. C. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free and free of substances that could impair bonding of setting materials to sub-floor surfaces. D. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are ready for tile installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by tile manufacturer and setting materials manufacturer. E. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage. B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install tile and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 a through ANSI Al08.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCNA(HB) recommendations. B. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor joints. C. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make grout joints without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout, or too little grout. D. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. E. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. F. Keep control and expansion joints free of mortar, grout, and adhesive. G. Prior to grouting, allow installation to completely cure; minimum of 48 hours. H. Grout tile joints unless otherwise indicated. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. I. At changes in plane and tile-to-tile control joints, use tile sealant instead of grout, with either bond breaker tape or backer rod as appropriate to prevent three-sided bonding. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation. B. Protect finished installation. END OF SECTION SECTION 09 5100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Acoustical units. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 23 3700 -Air Outlets and Inlets: Air diffusion devices in ceiling. B. Section 26 5100 - Interior Lighting: Light fixtures in ceiling system. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C636/C636M - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels; 2013. B. ASTM E1264- Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2014. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on acoustical units. C. Samples: Submit two full size samples illustrating material and finish of acoustical units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acoustic Tiles/Panels: 1. USG; Ph: 800.950.3839: www.usg.com. a. Climaplus, 2 x 4, #3200, color: white 050 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.02 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete. E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. END OF SECTION SECTION 09 7730 SANITARY WALL PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Waterproof, sanitary panels, adhesive-applied to gypsum board walls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9200 -Joint Sealants: Sealant used in conjunction with sanitary wall panels. B. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum board to receive sanitary wall covering. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D570- Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics; '98 (2005). B. ASTM D695- Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics; '02a. C. ASTM D732- Standard Test Method for Shear Strength of Plastics by Punch Tool; '02. D. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; '08a. E. ASTM F736 - Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Monolithic Polycarbonate Sheet by Means of a Falling Weight; '01. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000- "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for wall covering and accessories showing compliance with specified requirements. C. Samples: 1. Wall covering in selected type, finish and color: 5 x 7-inches minimum size. 2. Two (2) inches minimum length of moldings. D. Manufacturer's installation and maintenance instructions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sanitary wall covering shall comply with: 1. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) requirements for food preparation facilities, incidental contact. 2. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) 1999 Food Code 6-101.11. 3. State of California Proposition 65, "Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986". 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. During delivery and storage keep sanitary wall sheets flat on a smooth, dry surface. Avoid extreme temperature changes. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install sanitary wall panels until building is enclosed, painting is complete and temperature and humidity are similar to conditions of completed, occupied building. B. Prior to installation, store materials for 24 hours minimum, in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Parkland Plastics, Inc. PO Box 339, 104 Yoder Drive Middlebury, IN 46540 Phone: (800) 835-4110 B. Or approved equal. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - "Product Requirements". 2.02 MATERIALS A. PLAS-TEX PolyWall: Extruded Plas-Tex sheet. 1. Type: Waterproof, mineral reinforced sanitary wall panels with embossed matte surface similar in appearance to vinyl wall covering, as manufactured by Parkland Plastics, Inc. 2. Material: Polyethylene and polypropylene resins mixed with calcium carbonate and extruded to form chemically inert, mineral reinforced sheet. Sheets with fiberglass reinforcements are not acceptable. 3. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. Color shall be consistent for full thickness. 4. Sheet Size: 48-inches wide x 96-inches high. 5. Sheet Thickness: 3/32-inch. 6. Performance Characteristics: a. Resistant to fungi and bacteria growth, cleaning agents, acids and other chemicals. b. No yellowing or color change with corrosive environments. 7. Fire rating tested in accordance with ASTM E84: Class C. a. Flame Spread: 105 maximum. b. Smoke Developed: 435 maximum. 8. Physical Properties: a. Water absorption tested in accordance with ASTM D570: 0.055 percent maximum. b. Shear Strength tested in accordance with ASTM D732: 2970 psi, minimum. c. Compressive Strength tested in accordance with ASTM D695: 5293 psi, minimum. d. Impact Resistance tested in accordance with ASTM F736. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Trowel grade, non-flammable or latex adhesive as recommended by sanitary wall panel manufacturer. Do not use solvent based or tube style adhesives. B. Moldings: Extruded polyvinyl chloride (PVC) channel type moldings with flanges to fit beneath wall sheets. 1. Types: Shapes for panel division, inside and outside corners, and edge caps. 2. Color: Match sanitary wall covering color. C. Sealant: Silicone type as specified in Section 07 90 05 - "Joint Sealers" and approved by sanitary wall panel manufacturer for this application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrates to receive sanitary wall panels are flat, clean, dry, solid and free from coatings and defects detrimental to installation. B. Verify that plumbing, mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed, tested and approved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings. B. Install sheets vertically with adhesive. C. Cutting: Cut sheets by scoring and snapping with sheet metal shears, or sawing with fine toothed blade. D. Penetrations and Openings: Drill round openings. For rectangular cutouts, first drill hole at each corner to relieve stress. Prior to installation, position panel in place and verify cutout location and size are accurate. E. Adhesive: Apply to panel with notched trowel at approximately 1 gallon per 64 square feet. Do not apply adhesive to wall. F. Position sheet against wall. Ensure sheets are not tightly fitted. Allow 1/4-inch gap at top and bottom of vertical sheet and 1/8-inch gap at vertical joints between panels and adjacent construction. Secure sheet by applying pressure with roller over entire surface. Ensure adhesive contact is even and complete. G. Moldings: Apply moldings in conjunction with panels. 1. Provide moldings for wall panel joints, perimeter edges and corners. Neatly cut molding to required lengths. Ensure moldings are straight and correctly aligned. 2. Allow 1/8-inch space in molding channels for wall panel expansion. 3. Apply continuous bead of sealant in all molding channels. H. Immediately remove excess adhesive and sealant from wall panels and moldings. Adhesive and sealant should not be visible in completed system. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect installed sanitary wall panels from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION SECTION 09 9000 PAINTING AND COATING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints and stains. C. Scope: Finish all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated. D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items fully factory-finished unless specifically so indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Floors, unless specifically so indicated. 6. Glass. 7. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. E. See Surface Finish Schedule. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing B. Section 26 0553 - Electrical Identification: Painted identification. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D2016-Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. B. ASTM D16- Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2014. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. MPI product number(e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. C. Samples: Submit two samples, 8 x 10 inch in size, illustrating range of colors and textures available for each surface finishing product scheduled. D. Submit manufacturer's application instructions. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing approved by product manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Supply 1 gallon (4L)of each color, texture, and type; store where directed. B. Label each container with color, texture and room locations, in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide all paint and coating products used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no exceptions. B. Provide all paint and coating products from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. 1. In the event that a single manufacturer cannot provide all specified products, minor exceptions will be permitted provided approval by Architect is obtained using the specified procedures for substitutions. 2. Substitution of other products by the same manufacturer is preferred over substitution of products by a different manufacturer. 3. Substitution of a different paint system using MPI-approved products by the same manufacturer will be considered. C. Paints: 1. Vista Paint: www.vistapaint.com. 2. Benjamin Moore & Co: www.benjaminmoore.com. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. D. Transparent Finishes: 1. Behr Process Corporation: www.behr.com. 2. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. E. Stains: 1. Behr Process Corporation: www.behr.com. 2. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. F. Primer Sealers: Same manufacturer as top coats. G. Block Fillers: Same manufacturer as top coats. H. Elastomeric Paint: Vista Paint or approved equal. I. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS -GENERAL A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed coating. 1. Provide paints and coatings of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Supply each coating material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Primers: As follows unless other primer is required or recommended by manufacturer of top coats; where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as "best" by the manufacturer. C. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to coating application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. C. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. D. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. E. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished coatings until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged coatings after Substantial Completion. 3.06 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES A. Wood -Transparent: 1. One coat stain - Olympic Stain, Semi-Transparent. 2. One coat sealer-As directed. B. Concrete, Concrete Block: [] 1. One coat block primer-Vista Paint 018, 100% Acrylic Block Filler. 2. One coat primer sealer latex -Vista Paint 4600 Uniprime II. 3. One coat latex paint-Vista Paint 3000 Acribond. C. Steel - Unprimed: 1. One coat zinc chromate primer-Vista Paint 4800 Metal Pro or Carbomastic 90. 2. Two coats acrylic enamel, semi-gloss -Vista Paint 8400 Semi-Gloss or 7900 Premogloss or Carboline 133 VOC. D. Steel - Shop Primed: 1. Touch-up with zinc chromate primer-Vista Paint 4800 Metal Pro or Carbomastic 90. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel, semi-gloss -Vista Paint 8400 Semi-Gloss or 7900 Premogloss or Carboline 133 VOC. E. Steel - Galvanized (where indicated). 1. Pretreatment-Jasco Prep N Prime. 2. One coat zinc chromate primer-Vista Paint 4800 Metal Pro or Carbomastic 90. 3. Two coats acrylic enamel, semi-gloss -Vista Paint 8400 Semi-Gloss or 7900 Premogloss or Carboline 133 VOC. END OF SECTION SECTION 10 0001 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Stainless Steel Wall Panels. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA-Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990. B. CBC-2016 California Building Code, based on 2015 International Building Code (IBC), with California Amendments. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product data, accessories, configurations and insallatin instructions.. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of Section 01 60 00 - "Product Requirements". PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS (OR APPROVED EQUAL) A. Stainless Steel Wall Panels: 1. 22 Gauge, 304 finish stainless steel wall panels, as indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 ANCHORAGE A. Furnish and install all anchorage devices required to install the item and its appurtenances, complete. Provide anchorage in ample time, when required to be built-in by other trades. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install all items not called for to be installed by manufacturer or supplier. Install per details on drawings, manufacturer's printed installation instructions and any additional requirements specified. All wall-mounted items shall be securely fastened to solid backing or blocking. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust operating devices to ensure that equipment functions smoothly. B. Clean all exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION SECTON 22 0000 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The General conditions, supplementary conditions, special Requirements, and applicable portions of Division 1 of the specification are a part of this Division and the requirements contained herein are supplementary to them. B. This Division is an integrated whole comprising interrelated and interdependent sections and shall be considered in its entirety in determining requirements. C. Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements or information regarding the subjects of this Section. 1.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS(as used on Division 23 Drawings and herein) A. This Division is abbreviated and includes incomplete sentences. Supply omitted words by inference. B. Symbols: "[S]" means submittals are required; "[WO]" means Maintenance/Operating data is required; see paragraphs hereinafter. C. "Provide" means furnish, install and connect unless otherwise described in specific instances. D. "Piping" means pipes, fittings, valves and all like pipe accessories connected thereto. E. "Extend", "Submit", "Repair", "Abandon", "Replace", "Remove" and similar words mean that the Contractor (or his designated subcontractor) shall accomplish the action described. F. "Codes" or "Code" means all codes, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, decrees, and other requirements of all legally constructed authorities and public utility franchise holders having jurisdiction. G. "Products", "Materials" and "Equipment" are used interchangeably and mean materials, fixtures, equipment, accessories, etc. H. "Utility Areas" are defined as mechanical, electrical, janitorial, and similar rooms or spaces which are normally used or occupied only by custodial or maintenance personnel. "Public Areas" are defined as the rooms or spaces which are not included in the utility areas definition. I. "Building Boundary" includes concrete walkways immediately adjacent to the building structure. J. "Below Grade" means buried in the ground, unless noted otherwise. K. "Substantial Plumbing Completion" means all components of all systems are functioning but lacking in final adjustment. L. Pressure rating specified (such as for valves and the like) means design working pressure for and with references to the fluid which the device will serve. 1.3 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete and operable installation, including all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tools, apparatus, transportation, warehousing, rigging, scaffolding and other equipment and services necessary to accomplish the work in accordance with the intent and meaning of these drawings and specifications. 1.4 RELATED WORK A. Coordination: Refer to Architectural, Civil, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for the construction details and coordinate the work of this Division with that of other Divisions. Order the work of this Division so that progress will harmonize with that of other Divisions and all work will proceed expeditiously. The work of this Division shall include direct responsibility for the correct placing and connection of plumbing work in relation to the work of other Divisions. B. Examine other Divisions for work related to the work of this Division especially Division 23 — MECHANICAL and Division 26 - ELECTRICAL. 1.5 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Visit the site prior to bidding and investigate the existing conditions which affect or will be affected by the work of this Division. Become thoroughly familiar with the working conditions and take into account any special or unusual features peculiar to this job. By the act of submitting a Bid, the Contractor will be deemed to have complied with the forgoing, to have accepted such conditions, and to have made allowance therefore in preparing his Bid. B. The location of existing concealed utility lines are shown in accordance with reference data received by the Architect. The Architect does not guarantee the accuracy of such data. The points of connection are therefore approximate and the Bidder shall include adequate funds in his bid to cover costs of connection regardless of their exact location. C. Exercise extreme caution during trenching operations. Repair the damage caused by such operations to existing utility lines at no cost to the Owner, whether the lines are shown on drawings or not. 1.6 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Drawings and specifications are intended to complement each other. Where a conflict exists between the requirements of the drawings and/or the specifications, request clarification. B. The Architect shall interpret the drawings and the specifications, and his decision as to the true intent and meaning thereof and the quality, quantity, and sufficiency of the materials and workmanship furnished there under shall be accepted as final and conclusive. C. In case of conflict not clarified prior to Bidding deadline, use the most costly alternative (better quality, greater quantity, or larger size) in preparing the Bid. A clarification will be issued to the successful bidder as soon as feasible after the Award and if appropriate a deductive change order will be issued. D. All provisions shall be deemed mandatory except as expressly indicated as optional by the word "may" or"option". 1.7 WATER(DOMESTIC, SANITARY) SEWERS AND NATURAL GAS SERVICE A. Within 5 days after award of contract, notify the serving utilities that the project is under construction and apply for permanent service in the name of the Owner. Furnish pertinent load and location information to them including the required dates for permanent service. Verify service locations and conform to utility company requirements. Contractor shall pay charges for permanent service connections levied by the utilities for which he will be reimbursed by the Owner. The reimbursement shall be limited to the actual amount of the utility service charges and a copy of the billing from the utility company shall accompany the Contractor's invoice. 1.8 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain, schedule and pay for permits, licenses, approvals, tests, and inspections required by legally constituted authorities and public utility franchise holders having jurisdiction over the work. B. Afford the Architect's representative every facility for evaluating the skill and competence of the mechanics and to examine the materials. Concealed work shall be reopened when so directed during his periodic visits. 1.9 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. By submitting a bid, Contractor is deemed to represent himself as competent to accomplish the work of this Division in conformance with applicable Codes. In case of conflict between the Contract documents and the Code requirements, the Codes shall take precedence. Should such conflicts appear, cease work on the parts of the contract affected and immediately notify the Architect in writing. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to correct, at no cost to the Owner, any work he executes in violation of Code requirements. Specify references to codes elsewhere in this Division are either to aid the Contractor in locating applicable information or to deny him permission to use options which are permitted by Codes. B. Applicable Codes: (Current editions unless otherwise noted) 1. All local codes; city and/or County as applicable 2. OSHA requirements 3. California Building Code 4. California Mechanical Code 5. California Plumbing Code 6. California Code of Regulations (CCR) Titles 7. Fire Marshal Regulations 8 . Regulations of all other authorities having jurisdiction. C. Where conflict or variation exists among codes, the most stringent shall govern. D. Certificates of Conformance or Compliance: Submit original and not pre-printed certifications. Do not make statements in the certifications that could be interpreted to imply that the product does not meet all requirements specified, such as "as good as", "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications", "equal or exceed the services and performance of the specified material". Simply state that the product conforms to the requirements specified. E. Certified Test Reports: Certified Test Reports are reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use. Before delivery of materials and equipment, submit certified copies of test reports specified in the individual sections. F. Factory Tests: Factory tests are tests which are required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment proposed for use. Submit results of the tests in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this Contract. G. Permits and Certificates of Inspection: Furnish the originals. H. Testing procedures and test results required in this and other sections. Furnish 2 copies. I. Other data required by other sections of this Division. Furnish 2 copies. 1.10 RECORD AND DOCUMENTATION A. Accumulate the following and deliver to the Owner's representative prior to final acceptance of the work: 1. Record (As-Built) Drawings: a. Maintain in good order in the field office a complete set of prints for all work being done under Division 23. Update the drawings daily with neat and legible annotations in red ink showing the work as actually installed. b. The actual size, location and elevation of all buried lines, valve boxes, manholes, monuments, and stub-outs shall be accurately located and dimensioned from building walls or other permanent landmarks. C. Furnish the originals. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Furnish an operation and maintenance manual covering the stipulated plumbing systems and equipment. Seven copies of the manual, bound in hardback binders or an approved equivalent, shall be provided to the Architect in accordance with the Division 1 section on Maintenance and Operation Manuals. Furnish one complete manual prior to the time that system or equipment tests are performed. Furnish the remaining manuals before the contract is completed. The following identification shall be inscribed on the cover: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL PROJECT TITLE................. CONTRACTOR.................... Provide a table of contents. Insert tab sheets to identify discrete subjects. Instruction sheets shall be legible and easily understood, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all materials, piping, valves, devices and equipment, controls, accessories and appurtenances stipulated. Include as a minimum the following: a. Updated approved materials list, shop drawings and catalog information of all items indicated by symbol "[M/O]" at titles or beginning of paragraphs. b. System layout showing piping, valves and controls. C. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each component. d. A control sequence describing start-up, operation and shutdown. e. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the system. f. Procedure for starting. g. Procedure for operation. h. Shut-down instruction. i. Installation instructions. j. Adjustments, maintenance and overhaul instructions. k. Lubrication schedule including type, grade, temperature range and frequency. I. Safety precautions, diagrams and illustrations. M. Test procedures. n. Performance data. o. Parts lists, with manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. p. Preventive maintenance schedule. q. Service organization with name, address and telephone number. r. Valve identification chart and schedule. S. ASME certification B. Standard Compliance: Where equipment or materials are specified to conform with requirements of standards of recognized technical or industrial organizations such as American National Standards (ANSI), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), American Refrigeration Institute (ARI), American Gas Association (AGA), or National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), that use a label or published listing as a method of indicating compliance, proof of such conformance shall be submitted and approved. The label or listing of the specified organization will be acceptable evidence. C. Certificates of Conformance or Compliance: Submit original and not pre-printed certifications. Do not make statements in the certifications that could be interpreted to imply that the product does not meet all requirements specified, such as "as good as", "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications", "equal or exceed the services and performance of the specified material". Simply state that the product conforms to the requirements specified. D. Certified Test Reports: Certified Test Reports are reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use. Before delivery of materials and equipment, submit certified copies of test reports specified in the individual sections. E. Factory Tests: Factory tests are tests which are required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment proposed for use. Submit results of the tests in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this Contract. F. Permits and Certificates of Inspection: Furnish the originals. G. Testing procedures and test results required in this and other sections. Furnish 2 copies. H. Other data required by other sections of this Division. Furnish 2 copies. 1.11 TOOLS A. Provide all special tools needed for proper operation and routine adjustment and maintenance of systems and equipment. Deliver tools to Owner's representative and request a receipt for same. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION COST BREAKDOWN A. To assist the Architect and Engineer in evaluation of the construction cost, the Contractor shall prepare and submit for review a construction cost breakdown for the major subdivisions of the plumbing work. B. Subdivide each item on the breakdown into two headings: labor and materials. Include overhead and profit in each entry. C. Cost breakdowns shall be submitted and approved prior to the first payment request. Send one copy of the breakdown directly to the Engineer and the remaining copies sent through regular channels. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Standard Products: Materials and equipment shall be essentially the standard cataloged products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such materials or equipment and shall be their latest standard designs that comply with the specification requirements. Materials and equipment shall duplicate items that have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use at least two years prior to bid opening. Where two or more units of the same type of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer. The components thereof, however, are not required to be exclusively of the same manufacturer. Each major component of equipment shall have manufacturer's name, address, model, and serial number on a nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. B. Whenever on the plans, or in these specifications, products are identified by the name of one manufacturer, it is intended that equivalent products of other manufacturers are acceptable, unless otherwise indicated, if accepted as a substitution by the Architect. Where three or more manufacturers are listed as "acceptable manufacturers" however, then the products furnished shall be the product of one of the manufacturers listed. Manufacturers listed as "acceptable manufacturers" shall meet quality and performance of a particular one specified by both name and catalog number. 2.2 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: Should the Contractor desire to substitute for specified products, he shall submit with the Material List a complete list of the requested substitutions. The request shall contain complete descriptive information of the products. Samples for evaluation shall also be submitted upon the Architect's request. If in the Architect's opinion the products as presented in this first submittal are in variance with the specified products, or if the information submitted is not sufficiently complete to allow proper evaluation, the substitution will be disallowed from consideration and the specified products shall be furnished. By proposing a substitution, it is deemed that the Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes (whether architectural, structural, electrical or mechanical) necessary to accommodate the substitution. B. Specific: Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements. 2.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Provide for all items indicated with the symbol "[S]" at titles or beginning of paragraphs in accordance with the Division 1 section covering submittals and as herein specified. Where warranty of longer than one year is specified, include such warranty with submittal. Architect's review of the submittal is only for general conformance with design compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The submittal procedure is required as an effort to minimize the problems which occur due to the discovery of Contractor non- compliance at the construction site. The Contractor is responsible for conformation and correlation of the dimensions, quantities and sizes, for information that pertains to fabrication methods or construction techniques, and for coordination of work of all Divisions of the work. Deviations, if any, from Contract documents shall be clearly and completely indicated (by a separate letter if deviations are extensive) in the submittals, and the lack of such is deemed complete compliance with Contract Documents without any deviations. Submittals favorably processed will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for deviations not so reported nor for errors in the submittal. 2. In addition to the above, upon permission to proceed after review of submittal and prior to the installation of work, submit dimensioned and scaled drawings (not less than 1/4-inch equal to one foot) of all mechanical equipment rooms and areas. Such layouts shall indicate, but not be limited to, all plumbing equipment, control panels, piping, housekeeping pads, ductwork, tube pull, access and maintenance clearances, and other like items. The layout shall also indicate major equipment to be provided under other Sections of work. 3. Contractor Stamp: All submittals shall be stamped with the following text and signed by the Contractors representative: "IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED THAT THE PRODUCTS SHOWN AND MARKED IN THIS SUBMITTAL ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND CAN BE INSTALLED IN THE ALLOCATED SPACES EXCEPT WHERE NOTED AS DEVIATIONS. CERTIFIED BY:--------------------------- DATE:---------- 4. All submittals shall be complete and with catalog data and information properly marked to show, among other things, equality of material (where substitution is allowed and desired), adequacy in capacity and performance to meet minimum capacities of performance as specified or indicated. Arrange the submittals in the same sequence as these specifications, and reference (at the upper right-hand corner) the particular specification provision for which each submittal is intended. Incomplete submittals will be rejected. 5. For all work under Division 23, the notations by the Contractor or Supplier on submittal documents "Per Plans and Specifications", or "As Specified", or similar wording or phrasing is not acceptable and will be cause of rejection. Complete descriptive submittals are required for all Division 23 work. 6. Refer to the other sections of this Division for specific requirements. B. Material List: Within 15 days after award of Contract, submit for approval a complete list of materials proposed for use. Furnish names and addresses of manufacturers, catalog numbers (where applicable)types and trade names. For purposes of uniformity, only one manufacturer will be accepted for each class or type of material. This list is in addition to Shop Drawings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings with such promptness as to cause no delay in the work. Do not commence fabrication of the equipment until the approved drawings are received from the Owner's representative. D. Other Submittals: As required by other sections of this Division. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION METHODS A. Workmanship shall be in the best standard practice of the trade. B. Execute the work so as to contribute to ease of operation and maintenance, maximum accessibility and best appearance. Execute it so that the installation will conform and adjust itself to the building structure, its equipment and its usage. The work shall be symmetrical, plumb, uniform, properly aligned, and firmly secured in place. C. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations unless otherwise noted or specified. 3.2 TESTS A. General: 1. Demonstrate that all components of the work of this Division have been provided and that they operate in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Provide instruments and personnel for tests and demonstrations. Submit signed test results. B. Specific: Refer to the other sections of this Division for test requirements. 3 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND PROTECTION OF WORK A. Protect materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical damage both while in storage and during construction. B. Cover materials in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged, marred or splattered with plaster or paint, and all moving parts will be kept clean and dry. C. Replace or refinish any damaged materials including fronts of control panels, ductwork fittings, and shop fabricated ductwork. D. Keep cabinets and other openings closed to prevent entry of foreign matter. 3.4 CLEANUP AND HOUSEKEEPING A. Cleaning shall be done as the work proceeds. Periodically remove waste and debris to keep the site as clean as is practical. B. Leave exposed parts of the plumbing work in a neat, clean and usable condition, with painted surfaces unblemished and plated metal surfaces polished. 3.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Examinations and Conditions: 1. Regard information relative to existing conditions, services and structure as approximate only. Verify dimensions and locations, and be knowledgeable of all working conditions before submitting Bid. Verify pressure, location, size, and elevation of existing services (to which points of connection are to be made or crossed) as soon as possible and prior to commencement of any new work. 2. Make minor deviations necessary to conform to actual locations and conditions. Submission of Bid presumes proper examination of Site, locations, dimensions and conditions, and no additional cost will be honored for lack of such examinations. B. Existing Services: Examine the Contract Drawings and visit the project site to ascertain the extent of the existing services. Where existing equipment/services serving existing structures and/or existing structures to be demolished are to remain in service, reroute, relocate, or extend such existing equipment and/or services to accommodate this project without additional cost. C. Interruption of Existing Services: Where it is necessary to reroute existing services or utilities, or to make connections of new work to existing services or utilities, give timely written notice of such intent to the Owner and secure written approval before proceeding. Make all such interruptions at such time as permitted by the Owner. Anticipate such interruptions to be made outside of normal working hours or normal working days; therefore, no additional cost will be permitted for such work. Except in a case of emergency involving life, limb or health, do not operate any existing equipment (including valves). Where such operations are necessary, they shall be performed by the Owner's personnel. D. Access and Placement of Work: 1. Check and coordinate for clearance, accessibility and placement of equipment either by going through openings provided or by placing equipment during construction. Ordering of equipment to be shipped, disassembled, or disassembly of equipment at Project Site and re-assembly of equipment to accomplish this requirement shall be executed without additional cost. Where provided openings are inadequate to accommodate equipment, provide new openings and restoration of same, all at no additional cost. Obtain written approval for new openings before proceeding. 2. Verify location of all plumbing fixtures and equipment within finished spaces with the Architectural Drawings. In the event that Plumbing Drawings do not indicate exact locations, or are in conflict with the Architectural Drawings, obtain information regarding proper locations. Installation of work without proper instruction under such circumstances will result in relocation of work, when directed, without additional cost. E. Verification and Coordination: Drawings indicating suggested distribution routes are diagrammatic only, and all scaled and figured dimensions are approximate and are indicated for estimating purposes only. The Drawings do not indicate necessary offsets and like items. Do not construe Contract Drawings as fabrication drawings. Prior to fabrication and installation of work, verify all dimensions, sizes and distribution routes with actual conditions, and prepare submittal and fabrication drawings. Coordinate to avoid possible conflicts and resolve same where such exist. Install work to conform to structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom, and keep openings and passageway clear. Changes necessary, resulting from such verification and coordination, shall not be a cause for additional cost. F. See Drawings for extent of demolition. 3.6 WARRANTY A. Guarantee, in writing, all work against fault of any product or workmanship for a period of not less than one year after formal acceptance by the Owner; except, where longer periods are specified in the Specifications, such longer periods shall govern. However, when any component fails at any time during this period, the warranty period for such component and all other components that are inactive because of said failure shall be suspended. The warranty period for such component shall resume running for the remaining portion of the warranty period when failed component is completely repaired and in operation; however, in no case shall the resumed portion of the warranty period be less than 3 months in duration. B. Neither payments for work, nor total or partial occupancy of work by the Owner, within or prior to the warranty period specified, shall be construed as acceptance of faulty work or shall condone any negligence of omission of Contractor in doing the work. 3.7 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Enclose and guard belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys and other rotating parts in accordance with the OSHA 1910.219. Insulate, guard, and cover any high- temperature equipment and piping so located as to endanger personnel or creature a fire hazard. 3.8 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS A. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material or equipment being installed,furnish printed copies of these recommendations to the installing Contractor and Architect prior to installation. Do not proceed with the installation of the item until the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish these recommendations can be cause for rejection of the material. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 0523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Brass ball valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 22 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 2. Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment"for valve tags and schedules. 3. Division 33 water distribution piping Sections for general-duty and specialty valves for site construction piping. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. B. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves. B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 BRASS BALL VALVES A. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. NIBCO INC. C. Red-White Valve Corporation. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. Body Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Forged brass. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: Brass. h. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. i. Port: Full. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly valves. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3.4 DOMESTIC, HOT-AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: 1. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends. 2. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, brass with brass bronze trim. 3. Bronze Swing Check Valves: [Class 125], [bronze] [nonmetallic] disc. 4. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, [NRS] [RS]. 5. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, [bronze] [nonmetallic] disc. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 4 -GENERAL 4.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe labels. 4.2 SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 5 - PRODUCTS 5.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 3. Minimum Letter Size 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-1 1-inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 5.2 PIPE LABELS A. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to [partially cover] [cover full] circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. B. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. C. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. PART 6 - EXECUTION 6.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 6.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 6.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. B. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Domestic Water Piping: a. Background Color: White. b. Letter Color: Black. 2. Sanitary Waste Piping: a. Background Color: Black. b. Letter Color: Black. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT GENERAL SUMMARY Section Includes: Metal pipe hangers and supports. Trapeze pipe hangers. Fastener systems. Pipe positioning systems. SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: Trapeze pipe hangers. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PRODUCTS METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating,jacket, or liner. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. Stainless-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of[stainless steel] <Insert material>. TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. FASTENER SYSTEMS Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, [zinc-coated] [stainless-] steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete;with pull-out,tension,and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS Description: IAPMO PS 42, positioning system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon-steel shapes. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. EXECUTION HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. Fastener System Installation: Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder- actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. Pipe Positioning-System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture. See Division 22 plumbing fixture Sections for requirements for pipe positioning systems for plumbing fixtures. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. Insulated Piping: Attach clamps and spacers to piping. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. Install MSS SP-58,Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm)thick. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. METAL FABRICATIONS Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. ADJUSTING Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and attachments for general service applications. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel attachments for hostile environment applications. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps(MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F(566 deg C), pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24 (DN 100 to DN 600), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36 (DN 20 to DN 900), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm)of insulation. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel- pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel- pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN 25 to DN 750), from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN 50 to DN 1050) if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 24 to DN 600). Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600) if longer ends are required for riser clamps. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm)for heavy loads. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles(MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 7 -GENERAL 7.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes and fittings. 2. Flexible connectors. 7.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Domestic water piping and support and installation shall withstand effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 7.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality-control reports. 7.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14 potable domestic water piping and components. C. Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components. PART 8 - PRODUCTS 8.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 8.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper. 1. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings. 2. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal-to- metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends. 3. Copper Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Elkhart Products Corporation; Industrial Division. 2) NIBCO INC. 3) Viega; Plumbing and Heating Systems. b. NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber 0-ring seal in each end. B. Soft Copper Tube: [ASTM B 88, Type K] [and] [ASTM B 88, Type L]water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings. 2. Copper Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 1) Elkhart Products Corporation; Industrial Division. 2) NIBCO INC. 3) Viega; Plumbing and Heating Systems. 4) <Insert manufacturer's name>. b. NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O-ring seal in each end. C. NPS 3 and NPS 4: Cast-bronze or wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O-ring seal in each end. 8.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free, unless otherwise indicated; full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated. B. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. C. PVC Gate Valves: 1. Description: a. Pressure Rating: [125 psig] [150 psig] <Insert pressure> at [73 deg F] <Insert temperature>. b. Body Material: PVC. C. Body Design: Nonrising stem. d. End Connections for Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: Socket. e. End Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: [Socket] [Flanged]. f. Gate and Stem: Plastic. g. Seals: EPDM rubber. h. Handle: Wheel. D. Stainless-Steel-Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated-stainless-steel tubing with stainless-steel wire-braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing. 1. Working-Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig. 2. End Connections NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded steel-pipe nipple. PART 9 - EXECUTION 9.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss,expansion,and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." C. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping"for pressure gages and Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties"for drain valves and strainers. D. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. E. Install water-pressure-reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties"for pressure-reducing valves. F. Install domestic water piping level [with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain][without pitch]and plumb. G. Rough-in domestic water piping for water-meter installation according to utility company's requirements. H. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment"for seismic-restraint devices. I. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. J. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. K. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. L. Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. M. Install piping to permit valve servicing. N. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. O. Install piping free of sags and bends. P. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Q. Install PEX piping with loop at each change of direction of more than 90 degrees. R. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. S. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping from each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping"for pressure gages. T. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." U. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." V. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 9.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." E. Pressure-Sealed Joints: Join copper tube and pressure-seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting manufacturer. 9.3 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General-Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping"for valve installations. B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. C. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. Drain valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." 1. Hose-End Drain Valves: At low points in water mains, risers, and branches. 2. Stop-and-Waste Drain Valves: Instead of hose-end drain valves where indicated. 9.4 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION 9.5 INSTALLATION A. Install flexible connectors in suction and discharge piping connections to each domestic water pump[ and in suction and discharge manifold connections to each domestic water booster pump]. B. Install bronze-hose flexible connectors in copper domestic water tubing. C. Install stainless-steel-hose flexible connectors in steel domestic water piping. 9.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment"for seismic-restraint devices. B. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment"for pipe hanger and support products and installation. 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. 3. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. E. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. F. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. 9.7 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. D. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Division 22 plumbing fixture Sections for connection sizes. 2. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 9.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment"for identification materials and installation. B. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure. 9.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Piping Inspections: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Piping Tests: 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments,submit a separate report for each test,complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. D. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 9.10 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. 9.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L wrought- copper solder-joint fittings; and soldered joints. 2. Hard copper tube, [ASTM B 88, Type L. 9.12 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated,the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly, ball, or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Hot-Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Memory-stop balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves. B. Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment. C. Iron grooved-end valves may be used with grooved-end piping. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 1316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 10 -GENERAL 10.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 10.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Soil, waste, and vent piping and support and installation shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 10.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For waste and vent piping, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Detailed description of piping anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Field quality-control reports. 10.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF/ANSI 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with"NSF-dwv"for plastic drain,waste, and vent piping and"NSF-sewer"for plastic sewer piping. C. All cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) and be listed by NSF International. D. All couplings for hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of CISPI 310 and be certified by NSF International. PART 11 - PRODUCTS 11.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 11.2 HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. B. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. ANACO-Husky. b. Fernco Inc. C. Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe. 2. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310. 3. Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 11.3 ABS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid-Wall ABS Pipe: ASTM D 2661, Schedule 40. B. Cellular-Core ABS Pipe: ASTM F 628, Schedule 40. C. ABS Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2661, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. D. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235. 1. ABS solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 325 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Solvent cement shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 11.4 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. B. Cellular-Core PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Schedule 40. C. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. D. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656. 1. adhesive primer shall have a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Adhesive primer shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." E. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564. 1. PVC solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Solvent cement shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." PART 12 - EXECUTION 12.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics,and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping at indicated slopes. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." I. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. J. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. K. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 0.5 down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. L. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." M. Install aboveground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." N. Install aboveground ABS piping according to ASTM D 2661. O. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2665. P. Install underground ABS and PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321. Q. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 2. Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." R. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. S. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." T. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." U. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 12.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook"for compression joints. B. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's"Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints. C. Join copper tube and fittings with soldered joints according to ASTM B 828. Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux and ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder. D. Flanged Joints: Align bolt holes. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Torque bolts in cross pattern. E. Plastic, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. 3. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM D 2665 Appendixes. 12.3 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments. 2. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments. 3. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 4. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. 5. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 6. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting[, valve,] and coupling. D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. E. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods. F. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 6 and NPS 8: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod. 5. Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches. G. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. H. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. I. Install hangers for ABS and PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 48 inches with 5/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 6 and NPS 8: 48 inches with 3/4-inch rod. J. Install supports for vertical ABS and PVC piping every 48 inches. K. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 12.4 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment. E. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 12.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 12.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U- tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 12.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. 12.8 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. 3. Cellular-core ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 4. Cellular-core PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.. C. Aboveground, vent piping [NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. 3. Cellular-core ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 4. Cellular-core PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. D. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI cast-iron hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. 3. Cellular-core ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 4. Cellular-core PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 5. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Unshielded, nonpressure transition couplings. END OF SECTION SECTION 22 1319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 13 -GENERAL 13.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 13.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following sanitary drainage piping specialties: 1. Cleanouts. 2. Floor sink. 13.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. 13.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. B. Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations. PART 14 - PRODUCTS A. Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. MIFAB, Inc. C. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. 4. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M. Include wall access. 5. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. 6. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 7. Closure: Countersunk cast-iron plug. 8. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 9. Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with screw. 10. Wall Access: Round stainless-steel wall-installation frame and cover. 14.2 FLOOR DRAINS Enameled Cast-Iron: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide[the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. MIFAB, Inc. C. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. 4. Standard: ASME Al12.6.3. 5. Pattern: Floor Sanitary drain. 6. Body Material: Gray iron. 7. Seepage Flange: Required. 8. Anchor Flange: Required. 9. Clamping Device: Not required. 10. Outlet: Bottom. 11. Backwater Valve: Not required. 12. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Acid-resistant enamel. 13. Sediment Bucket: Not required. 14. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze. 15. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze. 16. Top Shape: Square. 17. Dimensions of Top or Strainer: 12"x12"x6"deep with half grate for discharge piping. 18. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty. 19. Funnel: Not required. 20. Inlet Fitting: Not required. 21. Trap Material: Cast iron. 22. Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap. 23. Trap Features: Trap-seal primer valve drain connection. 14.3 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP ASSEMBLIES A. Through-Penetration Firestop Assemblies <Insert drawing designation if any>: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ProSet Systems Inc. b. <Insert manufacturer's name.> 3. Standard: UL 1479 assembly of sleeve and stack fitting with firestopping plug. 4. Size: Same as connected soil, waste, or vent stack. 5. Sleeve: Molded PVC plastic, of length to match slab thickness and with integral nailing flange on one end for installation in cast-in-place concrete slabs. 6. Stack Fitting: ASTM A 48/A 48M, gray-iron, hubless-pattern, wye branch with neoprene 0-ring at base and gray-iron plug in thermal-release harness. Include PVC protective cap for plug. 7. Special Coating: Corrosion resistant on interior of fittings. 14.4 MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Floor-sink, Trap-Seal Primer Fittings: 1. Description: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap-seal primer valve connection. 2. Size: Same as floor sink outlet with NPS 1/2 side inlet. PART 15 - EXECUTION 15.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing"for piping joining materials,joint construction, and basic installation requirements. B. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. C. Install floor-sink, trap-seal primer fittings on inlet to floor sink that require trap-seal primer connection. 1. Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap-seal primer connection. 2. Size: Same as floor sink inlet. 15.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 15.3 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 0000 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 16 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The General conditions, supplementary conditions, special Requirements, and applicable portions of Division 1 of the specification are a part of this Division and the requirements contained herein are supplementary to them. B. This Division is an integrated whole comprising interrelated and interdependent sections and shall be considered in its entirety in determining requirements. C. Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements or information regarding the subjects of this Section. 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS (as used on Division 23 Drawings and herein) A. This Division is abbreviated and includes incomplete sentences. Supply omitted words by inference. B. Symbols: "[S]" means submittals are required; "[M/O]" means Maintenance/Operating data is required; see paragraphs hereinafter. C. "Provide" means furnish, install and connect unless otherwise described in specific instances. D. "Piping" means pipes, fittings, valves and all like pipe accessories connected thereto. E. "Ductwork" means ducts, plenums, compartments, casings or any like devices, including the building structure, which are used to convey or contain air. F. "Extend", "Submit", "Repair", "Abandon", "Replace", "Remove"and similar words mean that the Contractor(or his designated subcontractor) shall accomplish the action described. G. "Codes" or "Code" means all codes, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, decrees, and other requirements of all legally constructed authorities and public utility franchise holders having jurisdiction. H. "Products", "Materials" and "Equipment' are used interchangeably and mean materials, fixtures, equipment, accessories, etc. I. "Utility Areas" are defined as mechanical, electrical, janitorial, and similar rooms or spaces which are normally used or occupied only by custodial or maintenance personnel. "Public Areas"are defined as the rooms or spaces which are not included in the utility areas definition. J. "Building Boundary" includes concrete walkways immediately adjacent to the building structure. K. "Below Grade" means buried in the ground. L. "Substantial Mechanical Completion" means all components of all systems are functioning but lacking in final adjustment. M. Pressure rating specified (such as for valves and the like) means design working pressure for and with references to the fluid which the device will serve. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete and operable installation, including all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tools, apparatus, transportation, warehousing, rigging, scaffolding and other equipment and services necessary to accomplish the work in accordance with the intent and meaning of these drawings and specifications. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Coordination: Refer to Architectural, Civil, Structural, and Electrical Drawings for the construction details and coordinate the work of this Division with that of other Divisions. Order the work of this Division so that progress will harmonize with that of other Divisions and all work will proceed expeditiously. The work of this Division shall include direct responsibility for the correct placing and connection of mechanical work in relation to the work of other Divisions. B. Examine other Divisions for work related to the work of this Division especially Division 26 - ELECTRICAL. 1.05 EXISTING CONDITION A. Visit the site prior to bidding and investigate the existing conditions which affect or will be affected by the work of this Division. Become thoroughly familiar with the working conditions and take into account any special or unusual features peculiar to this job. By the act of submitting a Bid, the Contractor will be deemed to have complied with the forgoing, to have accepted such conditions, and to have made allowance therefore in preparing his Bid. B. The location of existing concealed utility lines are shown in accordance with reference data received by the Architect. The Architect does not guarantee the accuracy of such data. The points of connection are therefore approximate and the Bidder shall include adequate funds in his bid to cover costs of connection regardless of their exact location. C. Exercise extreme caution during trenching operations. Repair the damage caused by such operations to existing utility lines at no cost to the Owner, whether the lines are shown on drawings or not. 1.06 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Drawings and specifications are intended to complement each other. Where a conflict exists between the requirements of the drawings and/or the specifications, request clarification. B. The Architect shall interpret the drawings and the specifications,and his decision as to the true intent and meaning thereof and the quality, quantity, and sufficiency of the materials and workmanship furnished there under shall be accepted as final and conclusive. C. In case of conflict not clarified prior to Bidding deadline, use the most costly alternative (better quality, greater quantity, or larger size) in preparing the Bid. A clarification will be issued to the successful bidder as soon as feasible after the Award and if appropriate a deductive change order will be issued. D. All provisions shall be deemed mandatory except as expressly indicated as optional by the word "may"or"option." 1.07 WATER(DOMESTIC AND FIRE), SANITARY(AND STORM) SEWERS AND NATURAL GAS SERVICE A. Within 5 days after award of contract, notify the serving utilities that the project is under construction and apply for permanent service in the name of the Owner. Furnish pertinent load and location information to them including the required dates for permanent service.Verify service locations and conform to utility company requirements.Contractor shall pay charges for permanent service connections levied by the utilities for which he will be reimbursed by the Owner.The reimbursement shall be limited to the actual amount of the utility service charges and a copy of the billing from the utility company shall accompany the Contractor's invoice. 1.08 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain, schedule and pay for permits, licenses, approvals, tests, and inspections required by legally constituted authorities and public utility franchise holders having jurisdiction over the work. B. Afford the Architect's representative every facility for evaluating the skill and competence of the mechanics and to examine the materials. Concealed work shall be reopened when so directed during his periodic visits. 1.09 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. By submitting a bid, Contractor is deemed to represent himself as competent to accomplish the work of this Division in conformance with applicable Codes. In case of conflict between the Contract documents and the Code requirements, the Codes shall take precedence. Should such conflicts appear, cease work on the parts of the contract affected and immediately notify the Architect in writing. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to correct, at no cost to the Owner, any work he executes in violation of Code requirements. Specify references to codes elsewhere in this Division are either to aid the Contractor in locating applicable information or to deny him permission to use options which are permitted by Codes. B. Applicable Codes: (Current editions unless otherwise noted) 1. All local codes; city and/or County as applicable 2. OSHA requirements 3. Uniform Building Code 4. Uniform Mechanical Code 5. Uniform Plumbing Code 6. California Code of Regulations (CCR) Titles 7. Fire Marshal Regulations 8. Regulations of all other authorities having jurisdiction C. Where conflict or variation exists among codes, the most stringent shall govern. D. Certificates of Conformance or Compliance:Submit original and not pre-printed certifications.Do not make statements in the certifications that could be interpreted to imply that the product does not meet all requirements specified, such as "as good as", "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications", "equal or exceed the services and performance of the specified material". Simply state that the product conforms to the requirements specified. E. Certified Test Reports: Certified Test Reports are reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use. Before delivery of materials and equipment, submit certified copies of test reports specified in the individual sections. F. Factory Tests: Factory tests are tests which are required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment proposed for use. Submit results of the tests in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this Contract. G. Permits and Certificates of Inspection: Furnish the originals. H. Testing procedures and test results required in this and other sections. Furnish 2 copies. I. Other data required by other sections of this Division. Furnish 2 copies. 1.10 RECORD AND DOCUMENTATION A. Accumulate the following and deliver to the Owner's representative prior to final acceptance of the work: 1. Record (As-Built) Drawings: a. Maintain in good order in the field office a complete set of prints for all work being done under Division 23. Update the drawings daily with neat and legible annotations in red ink showing the work as actually installed. b. The actual size, location and elevation of all buried lines, valve boxes, manholes, monuments, and stub-outs shall be accurately located and dimensioned from building walls or other permanent landmarks. C. Furnish the originals. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Furnish an operation and maintenance manual covering the stipulated mechanical systems and equipment. Seven copies of the manual, bound in hardback binders or an approved equivalent, shall be provided to the Architect in accordance with the Division 1 section on Maintenance and Operation Manuals. Furnish one complete manual prior to the time that system or equipment tests are performed. Furnish the remaining manuals before the contract is completed. The following identification shall be inscribed on the cover: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL PROJECT TITLE................. CONTRACTOR.................... Provide a table of contents. Insert tab sheets to identify discrete subjects. Instruction sheets shall be legible and easily understood, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all materials, piping, valves, devices and equipment, controls, accessories and appurtenances stipulated. Include as a minimum the following: a. Updated approved materials list,shop drawings and catalog information of all items indicated by symbol "[M/O]" at titles or beginning of paragraphs. b. System layout showing piping, valves and controls. C. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each component. d. A control sequence describing start-up, operation and shutdown. e. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the system. f. Procedure for starting. g. Procedure for operation. h. Shut-down instruction. i. Installation instructions. j. Adjustments, maintenance and overhaul instructions. k. Lubrication schedule including type, grade, temperature range and frequency. I. Safety precautions, diagrams and illustrations. M. Test procedures. n. Performance data. o. Parts lists, with manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. p. Preventive maintenance schedule. q. Service organization with name, address and telephone number. r. Valve identification chart and schedule. S. ASME certification t. Air Balance report. U. Hydronic Balance report. B. Standard Compliance: Where equipment or materials are specified to conform with requirements of standards of recognized technical or industrial organizations such as American National Standards (ANSI), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), American Refrigeration Institute (ARI), American Gas Association (AGA), or National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA),that use a label or published listing as a method of indicating compliance, proof of such conformance shall be submitted and approved. The label or listing of the specified organization will be acceptable evidence. C. Certificates of Conformance or Compliance:Submit original and not pre-printed certifications.Do not make statements in the certifications that could be interpreted to imply that the product does not meet all requirements specified, such as "as good as", "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications", "equal or exceed the services and performance of the specified material". Simply state that the product conforms to the requirements specified. D. Certified Test Reports: Certified Test Reports are reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use. Before delivery of materials and equipment, submit certified copies of test reports specified in the individual sections. E. Factory Tests: Factory tests are tests which are required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment proposed for use. Submit results of the tests in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this Contract. F. Permits and Certificates of Inspection: Furnish the originals. G. Testing procedures and test results required in this and other sections. Furnish 2 copies. H. Other data required by other sections of this Division. Furnish 2 copies. 1.11 TOOLS A. Provide all special tools needed for proper operation and routine adjustment and maintenance of systems and equipment. Deliver tools to Owner's representative and request a receipt for same. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION COST BREAKDOWN A. To assist the Architect and Engineer in evaluation of the construction cost, the Contractor shall prepare and submit for review a construction cost breakdown for the major subdivisions of the mechanical work. B. Subdivide each item on the breakdown into two headings: labor and materials. Include overhead and profit in each entry. C. Cost breakdowns shall be submitted and approved prior to the first payment request.Send one copy of the breakdown directly to the Engineer and the remaining copies sent through regular channels. PART17 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Standard Products: Materials and equipment shall be essentially the standard cataloged products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such materials or equipment and shall be their latest standard designs that comply with the specification requirements. Materials and equipment shall duplicate items that have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use at least two years prior to bid opening. Where two or more units of the same type of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer. The components thereof, however, are not required to be exclusively of the same manufacturer. Each major component of equipment shall have manufacturer's name, address, model, and serial number on a nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. B. Whenever on the plans, or in these specifications, products are identified by the name of one manufacturer, it is intended that equivalent products of other manufacturers are acceptable, unless otherwise indicated, if accepted as a substitution by the Architect. Where three or more manufacturers are listed as "acceptable manufacturers" however, then the products furnished shall be the product of one of the manufacturers listed. Manufacturers listed as"acceptable manufacturers"shall meet quality and performance of a particular one specified by both name and catalog number. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: Should the Contractor desire to substitute for specified products, he shall submit with the Material List a complete list of the requested substitutions. The request shall contain complete descriptive information of the products. Samples for evaluation shall also be submitted upon the Architect's request. If in the Architect's opinion the products as presented in this first submittal are in variance with the specified products, or if the information submitted is not sufficiently complete to allow proper evaluation, the substitution will be disallowed from consideration and the specified products shall be furnished. By proposing a substitution, it is deemed that the Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes (whether architectural, structural, electrical or mechanical) necessary to accommodate the substitution. B. Specific: Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements. 2.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Provide for all items indicated with the symbol "[S]" at titles or beginning of paragraphs in accordance with the Division 1 section covering submittals and as herein specified. Where warranty of longer than one year is specified, include such warranty with submittal. Architect's review of the submittal is only for general conformance with design compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The submittal procedure is required as an effort to minimize the problems which occur due to the discovery of Contractor non-compliance at the construction site. The Contractor is responsible for conformation and correlation of the dimensions, quantities and sizes, for information that pertains to fabrication methods or construction techniques, and for coordination of work of all Divisions of the work. Deviations, if any, from Contract documents shall be clearly and completely indicated (by a separate letter if deviations are extensive) in the submittals, and the lack of such is deemed complete compliance with Contract Documents without any deviations. Submittals favorably processed will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for deviations not so reported nor for errors in the submittal. 2. In addition to the above, upon permission to proceed after review of submittal and prior to the installation of work, submit dimensioned and scaled drawings (not less than 1/4-inch equal to one foot) of all mechanical equipment rooms and areas. Such layouts shall indicate, but not be limited to, all mechanical equipment, control panels, piping, housekeeping pads, ductwork, tube pull, access and maintenance clearances, and other like items. The layout shall also indicate major equipment to be provided under other Sections of work. 3. Contractor Stamp: All submittals shall be stamped with the following text and signed by the Contractors representative: "IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED THAT THE PRODUCTS SHOWN AND MARKED IN THIS SUBMITTAL ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND CAN BE INSTALLED IN THE ALLOCATED SPACES EXCEPT WHERE NOTED AS DEVIATIONS. CERTIFIED BY:--------------------------- DATE:---------- 4. All submittals shall be complete and with catalog data and information properly marked to show, among other things,equality of material (where substitution is allowed and desired), adequacy in capacity and performance to meet minimum capacities of performance as specified or indicated. Arrange the submittals in the same sequence as these specifications, and reference (at the upper right-hand corner)the particular specification provision for which each submittal is intended. Incomplete submittals will be rejected. 5. For all work under Division 23,the notations by the Contractor or Supplier on submittal documents"Per Plans and Specifications", or "As Specified", or similar wording or phrasing is not acceptable and will be cause of rejection. Complete descriptive submittals are required for all Division 23 work. 6. Refer to the other sections of this Division for specific requirements. B. Material List: Within 15 days after award of Contract, submit for approval a complete list of materials proposed for use. Furnish names and addresses of manufacturers,catalog numbers(where applicable)types and trade names. For purposes of uniformity, only one manufacturer will be accepted for each class or type of material. This list is in addition to Shop Drawings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings with such promptness as to cause no delay in the work. Do not commence fabrication of the equipment until the approved drawings are received from the Owner's representative. D. Other Submittals: As required by other sections of this Division. PART 18 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION METHODS A. Workmanship shall be in the best standard practice of the trade. B. Execute the work so as to contribute to ease of operation and maintenance, maximum accessibility and best appearance. Execute it so that the installation will conform and adjust itself to the building structure, its equipment and its usage. The work shall be symmetrical, plumb, uniform, properly aligned, and firmly secured in place. C. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations unless otherwise noted or specified. 3.02 TESTS A. General: 1. Demonstrate that all components of the work of this Division have been provided and that they operate in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Provide instruments and personnel for tests and demonstrations. Submit signed test results. B. Specific: Refer to the other sections of this Division for test requirements. 3.03 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND PROTECTION OF WORK A. Protect materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical damage both while in storage and during construction. B. Cover materials in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged, marred or splattered with plaster or paint, and all moving parts will be kept clean and dry. C. Replace or refinish any damaged materials including fronts of control panels,ductwork fittings, and shop fabricated ductwork. D. Keep cabinets and other openings closed to prevent entry of foreign matter. 3.04 CLEANUP AND HOUSEKEEPING A. Cleaning shall be done as the work proceeds. Periodically remove waste and debris to keep the site as clean as is practical. B. Leave exposed parts of the mechanical work in a neat, clean and usable condition, with painted surfaces unblemished and plated metal surfaces polished. 3.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Examinations and Conditions: 1. Regard information relative to existing conditions, services and structure as approximate only. Verify dimensions and locations, and be knowledgeable of all working conditions before submitting Bid. Verify pressure, location, size, and elevation of existing services (to which points of connection are to be made or crossed) as soon as possible and prior to commencement of any new work. 2. Make minor deviations necessary to conform to actual locations and conditions. Submission of Bid presumes proper examination of Site, locations, dimensions and conditions, and no additional cost will be honored for lack of such examinations. B. Existing Services: Examine the Contract Drawings and visit the project site to ascertain the extent of the existing services. Where existing equipment/services serving existing structures and/or existing structures to be demolished are to remain in service, reroute, relocate, or extend such existing equipment and/or services to accommodate this project without additional cost. C. Interruption of Existing Services: Where it is necessary to reroute existing services or utilities, or to make connections of new work to existing services or utilities, give timely written notice of such intent to the Owner and secure written approval before proceeding. Make all such interruptions at such time as permitted by the Owner. Anticipate such interruptions to be made outside of normal working hours or normal working days; therefore, no additional cost will be permitted for such work. Except in a case of emergency involving life, limb or health, do not operate any existing equipment(including valves).Where such operations are necessary,they shall be performed by the Owner's personnel. D. Access and Placement of Work: 1. Check and coordinate for clearance, accessibility and placement of equipment either by going through openings provided or by placing equipment during construction. Ordering of equipment to be shipped, disassembled, or disassembly of equipment at Project Site and re-assembly of equipment to accomplish this requirement shall be executed without additional cost. Where provided openings are inadequate to accommodate equipment, provide new openings and restoration of same, all at no additional cost. Obtain written approval for new openings before proceeding. 2. Verify location of all plumbing fixtures and equipment within finished spaces with the Architectural Drawings. In the event that Mechanical Drawings do not indicate exact locations, or are in conflict with the Architectural Drawings, obtain information regarding proper locations. Installation of work without proper instruction under such circumstances will result in relocation of work, when directed, without additional cost. E. Verification and Coordination: Drawings indicating suggested distribution routes are diagrammatic only, and all scaled and figured dimensions are approximate and are indicated for estimating purposes only. The Drawings do not indicate necessary offsets and like items. Do not construe Contract Drawings as fabrication drawings. Prior to fabrication and installation of work, verify all dimensions, sizes and distribution routes with actual conditions, and prepare submittal and fabrication drawings. Coordinate to avoid possible conflicts and resolve same where such exist. Install work to conform to structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom, and keep openings and passageway clear. Changes necessary, resulting from such verification and coordination, shall not be a cause for additional cost. F. See Drawings for extent of demolition. 3.06 WARRANTY A. Guarantee, in writing, all work against fault of any product or workmanship for a period of not less than one year after formal acceptance by the Owner; except, where longer periods are specified in the Specifications, such longer periods shall govern. However, when any component fails at any time during this period, the warranty period for such component and all other components that are inactive because of said failure shall be suspended. The warranty period for such component shall resume running for the remaining portion of the warranty period when failed component is completely repaired and in operation; however, in no case shall the resumed portion of the warranty period be less than 3 months in duration. B. Neither payments for work, nor total or partial occupancy of work by the Owner, within or prior to the warranty period specified, shall be construed as acceptance of faulty work or shall condone any negligence of omission of Contractor in doing the work. 3.07 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Enclose and guard belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys and other rotating parts in accordance with the OSHA 1910.219. Insulate, guard, and cover any high-temperature equipment and piping so located as to endanger personnel or creature a fire hazard. 3.08 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS A. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material or equipment being installed, furnish printed copies of these recommendations to the installing Contractor and Architect prior to installation. Do not proceed with the installation of the item until the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish these recommendations can be cause for rejection of the material. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 19 -GENERAL 19.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Balancing Air Systems: a. Constant-volume air systems. 19.2 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work. 19.3 SUBMITTALS A. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within [30] [60] [90] <Insert number> days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation"Article. B. Certified TAB reports. 19.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by [AABC] [NEBB] [or] [TABB]. 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by[AABC] [NEBB] [or] [TABB]. 2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by [AABC] [NEBB] [or] [TABB] as a TAB technician. B. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. C. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by[Architect] [Owner] [Construction Manager] [Commissioning Authority]. D. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation." PART 20 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 21 - EXECUTION 21.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems'designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in Division 23 Section "[Metal Ducts] [Nonmetal Ducts]"and are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required. F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems- Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. I. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. K. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with indicated perforations. L. Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows. M. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. N. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. O. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. P. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 21.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B. Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 8. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 21.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in [AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance"] [ASHRAE 111] [NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems"] [SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing"] and in this Section. 1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed- control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in [inch-pound (IP)] [and] [metric(SI)] units. 21.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements. E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return-and exhaust-air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components. L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts." 21.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Measure total airflow. a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow. 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. C. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment. a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured. 4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat-recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. 5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 6. Obtain approval from [Architect] [Owner] [Construction Manager] [Commissioning Authority] for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Sections for air- handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air-handling-unit performance. 7. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-cooling, full-heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct,submain ducts,and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. 3. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 21.6 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: [Plus or minus 10 percent] <Insert value>. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: [Plus or minus 10 percent] <Insert value>. 3. Heating-Water Flow Rate: [Plus or minus 10 percent] <Insert value>. 4. Cooling-Water Flow Rate: [Plus or minus 10 percent] <Insert value>. 21.7 REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: Prepare [weekly] [biweekly] [monthly] <Insert time interval> progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 21.8 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report;tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following: 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers'test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB contractor. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. 7. Position of balancing devices. 21.9 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 22 -GENERAL 22.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Piping and tubing joining materials. 4. Valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 22.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Operating-Pressure Ratings: 1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 65 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. B. Natural-Gas System Pressure within Buildings: More than 0.5 psig but not more than 2 psig. C. Natural-Gas System Pressures within Buildings: Two pressure ranges. Primary pressure is more than 0.5 psig but not more than 2 psig, and is reduced to secondary pressure of 0.5 psig or less. D. Delegated Design: Design restraints and anchors for natural-gas piping and equipment, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. 22.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For facility natural-gas piping layout. Include plans, piping layout and elevations, sections, and details for fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For natural-gas piping and equipment indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of seismic restraints. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints. D. Welding certificates. E. Field quality-control reports. F. Operation and maintenance data. 22.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 23 - PRODUCTS 23.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Wrought-Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. 4. Protective Coating for Underground Piping: Factory-applied, three-layer coating of epoxy, adhesive, and PE. a. Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat-shrink PE sleeves. B. Corrugated, Stainless-Steel Tubing: Comply with ANSI/IAS LC 1. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. OmegaFlex, Inc. b. Parker Hannifin Corporation; Parflex Division. C. Tru-Flex Metal Hose Corp. 2. Tubing: ASTM A 240/A 240M, corrugated, Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Coating: PE with flame retardant. a. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1) Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. 2) Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less. 4. Fittings: Copper-alloy mechanical fittings with ends made to fit and listed for use with corrugated stainless- steel tubing and capable of metal-to-metal seal without gaskets. Include brazing socket or threaded ends complying with ASME B1.20.1. 5. Striker Plates: Steel, designed to protect tubing from penetrations. 6. Manifolds: Malleable iron or steel with factory-applied protective coating. Threaded connections shall comply with ASME B1.20.1 for pipe inlet and corrugated tubing outlets. 7. Operating-Pressure Rating: 5 psig. a. Factory-connected anode. b. Tracer wire connection. C. Ultraviolet shield. d. Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe. 23.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Appliance Flexible Connectors: 1. Indoor, Fixed-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24. 2. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with polymer coating. 3. Operating-Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig. 4. End Fittings: Zinc-coated steel. 5. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 6. Maximum Length: 72 inches. 23.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. C. Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited. 23.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 3. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller. 4. Service Mark: Valves 1-114 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body. B. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. C. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company. 2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Ball: Chrome-plated bronze. 4. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 5. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 6. Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing. 7. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule"Articles. 8. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG' indicated on valve body. 23.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller. B. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. American Meter Company. b. Maxitrol Company. 3. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 4. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. 5. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. 6. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 7. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 8. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. 9. Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 10. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 11. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 12. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. 13. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 2 psig. C. Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.18. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. Canadian Meter Company Inc. b. Eaton Corporation; Controls Div. C. Maxitrol Company. 3. Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum. 4. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. 5. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. 6. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber. 7. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. 8. Factory-Applied Finish: Minimum three-layer polyester and polyurethane paint finish. 9. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 1 psig. 23.6 DIELECTRIC UNIONS A. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. C. Hart Industries International, Inc. d. Jomar International Ltd. e. Matco-Norca, Inc. f. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. g. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. h. Wilkins; a Zurn company. i. <Insert manufacturer's name>. 2. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Pressure Rating: [125 psig minimum at 180 deg F] [150 psig] [250 psig]. C. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 23.7 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored yellow. PART 24 - EXECUTION 24.1 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 54 the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Drawing plans,schematics,and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Arrange for pipe spaces,chases,slots,sleeves,and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. D. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. G. Locate valves for easy access. H. Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps. I. Install piping free of sags and bends. J. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. K. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. L. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and equipment for roughing-in requirements. M. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service-meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. N. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. O. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view. P. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. Q. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. R. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. S. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. T. Install strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve. U. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." V. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 23 Section "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 24.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless-steel tubing or copper connector. B. Install underground valves with valve boxes. C. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. D. Install earthquake valves aboveground outside buildings according to listing. E. Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping. 24.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: 1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. 2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe. 4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is specified. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. Welded Joints: 1. Constructjoints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators. 2. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 3. Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. F. Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not overtighten. G. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. 24.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." C. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 24.5 CONNECTIONS A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. B. Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70. C. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances. D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches of each gas-fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment. E. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance. 24.6 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for piping and valve identification. B. Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 24.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to NFPA 54 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 24.8 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE A. Aboveground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. B. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 24.9 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE A. Aboveground, branch piping NIPS 1 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with mechanical fittings having socket or threaded ends to match adjacent piping. 2. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be[ one ofj the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. 24.10 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE A. Valves for pipe sizes NIPS 2 and smaller at service meter shall be one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. B. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NIPS 2 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. C. Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be one of the following: 1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 3. Bronze plug valve. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS PART 25 -GENERAL 25.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Round ducts and fittings. 2. Sheet metal materials. 3. Sealants and gaskets. 4. Hangers and supports. 5. Seismic-restraint devices. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts. 25.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule"Article. B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand the effects of gravity[and seismic] loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 25.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Fabrication,assembly,and installation, including plans, elevations,sections, components,and attachments to other work. 2. Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings. 3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, and static-pressure classes. 4. Elevation of top of ducts. 5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 6. Fittings. 7. Reinforcement and spacing. 8. Seam and joint construction. 9. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions. 10. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. 11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. 12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, seismic restraints,and vibration isolation. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: 1. Sheet metal thicknesses. 2. Joint and seam construction and sealing. 3. Reinforcement details and spacing. 4. Materials, fabrication, assembly, and spacing of hangers and supports. 5. Design Calculations: Calculations, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation for selecting hangers and supports and seismic restraints. D. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale,on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. 2. Suspended ceiling components. 3. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire-rated construction. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. C. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Perimeter moldings. E. Welding certificates. 25.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.101.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up." C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." PART 26 - PRODUCTS 26.1 ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Captivaire b. See plans for exact requirements 26.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts. B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible,"Table 5- 1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." D. Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. E. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. F. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device. G. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. H. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate. 26.3 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. Kinetics Noise Control. 5. Loos & Co.; Cableware Division. 6. Mason Industries. 7. TOLCO; a brand of NIBCO INC. 8. Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd. B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths,features, and applications shall be as defined in reports an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. C. Channel Support System: Shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made of slotted steel channels rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces and with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end. Include matching components and corrosion-resistant coating. D. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 492, stainless-steel cables with end connections made of cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cable service; and with an automatic-locking and clamping device or double-cable clips. E. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections hanger rod. F. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. PART 27 - EXECUTION 27.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations,configurations,and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths. D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. E. Install factory-or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally,and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. I. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. J. Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. K. Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories"for fire and smoke dampers. L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. Comply with SMACNA's"IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction,"Appendix G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines." 27.2 ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCT A. Install commercial kitchen hood exhaust ducts without dips and traps that may hold grease, and sloped a minimum of 2 percent to drain grease back to the hood. B. Install fire-rated access panel assemblies at each change in direction and at maximum intervals of 12 feet in horizontal ducts, and at every floor for vertical ducts, or as indicated on Drawings. Locate access panel on top or sides of duct a minimum of 1-1/2 inches from bottom of duct. C. Do not penetrate fire-rated assemblies except as allowed by applicable building codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 27.3 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 27.4 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT-DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." B. Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads. C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. D. Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators. E. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. F. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and restraints to structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to concrete members. G. Drilling for and Setting Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items during drilling. Notify the Architect if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel anchors for applications exposed to weather. 27.5 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 27.6 DUCT CLEANING A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment;do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. 27.7 START UP A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." 1. Ducts Connected to Commercial Kitchen Hoods: Comply with NFPA 96. a. Provide grease duct equal to captiveaire systems model "DW" round 20 gauge 430 stainless steel ductwork. Model "DW" is listed to UL-1978 and is installed using W" clamp locking connections sealed with 3M fire barrier 2000 plus. Model "DW" does not require welding providing it has been installed per the manufacturers installation guide. Provide rated access doors at every change in direction and every 12' on center. Per manufacturers listing model "DW" horizontal runs less than 75 FT. can be sloped 3/16" per 12". Sloped 1/16" per 12", horizontal runs more than 75 FT. can be sloped 3/16" per 12". Duct should be sloped as much as possible to reduce the chance of grease accumulation in horizontal runs. b. If the duct is within 18 inches of combustible material, provide UL-2221 listed double wall grease duct equal to captiveaire systems model "DW-2R, 3R, or 3Z" round 20 gauge 430 stainless inner duct insulated with a 24 gauge 430 stainless outer shell. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 3423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS PART 28 -GENERAL 28.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Centrifugal roof ventilators. 28.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and maintenance data. 28.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. AMCA Compliance: Fans shall have AMCA-Certified performance ratings and shall bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. PART 29 - PRODUCTS 29.1 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Captivaire 2. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3. Loren Cook Company. 4. Upblast Units: Provide spun-aluminum discharge baffle to direct discharge air upward, with rain and snow drains and grease collector. 5. Hinged Subbase: Galvanized-steel hinged arrangement permitting service and maintenance. B. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades. C. Accessories: 1. Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 to less than 50 percent. 2. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted outside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit. 3. See plans for all requirements and accessories. D. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base. 1. Configuration: Self-flashing without a cant strip, with mounting flange. 2. Overall Height: 20 inches. 3. Pitch Mounting: Manufacture curb for roof slope. 4. Vented Curb: Unlined with louvered vents in vertical sides. 29.2 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor and enclosure type. 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections. B. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 29.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Certify sound-power level ratings according to AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. B. Certify fan performance ratings, including flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. PART 30 - EXECUTION 30.1 INSTALLATION A. Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware. B. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. 30.2 CONNECTIONS A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. B. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance. C. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 30.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 5. Adjust belt tension. 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. 9. Disable automatic temperature-control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. 10. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators. 11. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. C. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 30.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. B. Adjust belt tension. C. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. D. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow. E. Lubricate bearings. END OF SECTION SECTION 23 3813 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOODS PART 31 -GENERAL 31.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Type I commercial kitchen hoods. 31.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Filters/baffles. 2. Fire-suppression systems. 3. Lighting fixtures. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. 1. Show plan view, elevation view, sections, roughing-in dimensions, service requirements, duct connection sizes, and attachments to other work. 2. Show cooking equipment plan and elevation to confirm minimum code-required overhang. 3. Indicate performance, exhaust and makeup air airflow, and pressure loss at actual Project-site elevation. 4. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 5. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints. 6. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. 7. Piping Diagrams: Detail fire-suppression piping and components and differentiate between manufacturer- installed and field-installed piping. Show cooking equipment plan and elevation to illustrate fire-suppression nozzle locations. C. Welding certificates. D. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that commercial kitchen hoods, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." E. Field quality-control test reports. 31.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D 1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports; and AWS D9.1/D9.1 M, "Sheet Metal Welding Code,"for joint and seam welding. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PART 32 - PRODUCTS 32.1 HOOD MATERIALS A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: Type 430 SS. 1. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. B. Zinc-Coated Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated according to ASTM A 123/A 123M requirements. C. Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. Elastomeric sealant shall be NSF certified for commercial kitchen hood application. Sealants, when cured and washed, shall comply with requirements in 21 CFR, Section 177.2600, for use in areas that come in contact with food. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Backer Rod: Closed-cell polyethylene, in diameter larger than joint width. D. Gaskets: NSF certified for end-use application indicated; of resilient rubber, neoprene, or PVC that is nontoxic, stable, odorless, nonabsorbent, and unaffected by exposure to foods and cleaning compounds, and that passes testing according to UL 710. 32.2 GENERAL HOOD FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Welding: Use welding rod of same composition as metal being welded. Use methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metal. Make ductile welds free of mechanical imperfections such as gas holes, pits, or cracks. 1. Welded Butt Joints: Full-penetration welds for full-joint length. Make joints flat, continuous, and homogenous with sheet metal without relying on straps under seams, filling in with solder, or spot welding. 2. Grind exposed welded joints flush with adjoining material and polish to match adjoining surfaces. 3. Where fasteners are welded to underside of equipment, finish reverse side of weld smooth and flush. 4. Coat concealed stainless-steel welded joints with metallic-based paint to prevent corrosion. B. For metal buttjoints,comply with SMACNA's"Kitchen Ventilation Systems&Food Service Equipment Guidelines." C. Form metal with break bends that are not flaky, scaly, or cracked in appearance; where breaks mar uniform surface appearance of material, remove marks by grinding, polishing, and finishing. D. Sheared Metal Edges: Finish free of burrs, fins, and irregular projections. E. In food zones, as defined in NSF, fabricate surfaces free from exposed fasteners. F. Cap exposed fastener threads, including those inside cabinets, with stainless-steel lock washers and stainless- steel cap (acorn) nuts. G. Fabricate pipe slots on equipment with turned-up edges sized to accommodate service and utility lines and mechanical connections. H. Fabricate enclosures, including panels, housings, and skirts, to conceal service lines, operating components, and mechanical and electrical devices including those inside cabinets, unless otherwise indicated. I. Fabricate seismic restraints according to SMACNA's "Kitchen Ventilation Systems & Food Service Equipment Guidelines,"Appendix A, "Seismic Restraint Details." J. Fabricate equipment edges and backsplashes according to SMACNA's "Kitchen Ventilation Systems & Food Service Equipment Guidelines." K. Fabricate enclosure panels to ceiling and wall as follows: 1. Wall Offset Spacer: Minimum of 3 inches. 2. Wall Shelves and Overshelves: Fabricate according to SMACNA's "Kitchen Ventilation Systems & Food Service Equipment Guidelines,"with minimum 0.0625-inch-thick, stainless-steel shelf tops. 32.3 TYPE I EXHAUST HOOD FABRICATION A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings. D. Weld all joints exposed to grease with continuous welds,and make filters/baffles or grease extractors and makeup air diffusers easily accessible for cleaning. 1. Fabricate hoods according to NSF 2, "Food Equipment." 2. Hoods shall be listed and labeled,according to UL 710, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Hoods shall be designed, fabricated, and installed according to NFPA 96. E. Hood Style: Back shelf. F. Filters/Baffles: Removable, stainless-steel. Fabricate stainless steel for filter frame and removable collection cup and pitched trough. Exposed surfaces shall be pitched to drain to collection cup. Filters/baffles shall be tested according to UL 1046, "Grease Filters for Exhaust Ducts," by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. G. Lighting Fixtures: fixtures and lamps with lenses sealed vaportight. Wiring shall be installed in conduit on hood exterior. Number and location of fixtures shall provide a minimum of 70 fc at 30 inches above finished floor. 1. Light switches shall be mounted in hood control panel. 2. Lighting Fixtures: Incandescent complying with UL 1598. 32.4 WET-CHEMICAL FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings. 1. Ansul Incorporated; a Tyco International Ltd. Company. D. Description: Engineered distribution piping designed for automatic detection and release or manual release of fire-suppression agent by hood operator. Fire-suppression system shall be listed and labeled for complying with NFPA 17A, "Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems," by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Steel Pipe, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type S, Grade A, Schedule 40, plain ends. 2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300. 3. Piping, fusible links and release mechanism, tank containing the suppression agent, and controls shall be factory installed. Controls shall be in stainless-steel control cabinet mounted on hood. Furnish manual pull station for wall mounting. Exposed piping shall be covered with chrome-plated aluminum tubing. Exposed fittings shall be chrome plated. 4. Liquid Extinguishing Agent: Noncorrosive, low-pH liquid. 5. Furnish electric-operated gas shutoff valve with clearly marked open and closed indicator for field installation. 6. Fire-suppression system controls shall be integrated with controls for fans, lights, and fuel supply and located in a single cabinet for each group of hoods immediately adjacent. 7. Wiring shall have color-coded, numbered terminal blocks and grounding bar. Spare terminals for fire alarm, optional wiring to start fan with fire alarm, red pilot light to indicate fan operation, and control switches shall all be factory wired in control cabinet with relays or starters. Include spare terminals for fire alarm, and wiring to start fan with fire alarm. PART 33 - EXECUTION 33.1 INSTALLATION A. Complete field assembly of hoods where required. 1. Make closed butt and contact joints that do not require filler. 2. Grind field welds on stainless-steel equipment smooth, and polish to match adjacent finish. Comply with welding requirements in Part 2 "General Hood Fabrication Requirements"Article. B. Install hoods and associated services with clearances and access for maintaining, cleaning, and servicing hoods, filters/baffles, grease extractor, and fire-suppression systems according to manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Make cutouts in hoods where required to run service lines and to make final connections, and seal openings according to UL 1978. D. Securely anchor and attach items and accessories to walls, floors, or bases with stainless-steel fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. E. Install hoods to operate free from vibration. F. Install seismic restraints according to SMACNA's "Kitchen Ventilation Systems & Food Service Equipment Guidelines,"Appendix A, "Seismic Restraint Details." G. Install trim strips and similar items requiring fasteners in a bed of sealant. Fasten with stainless-steel fasteners at 48 inches o.c. maximum. H. Install sealant in joints between equipment and abutting surfaces with continuous joint backing, unless otherwise indicated. Provide airtight, watertight, vermin-proof, sanitary joints. I. Install lamps, with maximum recommended wattage, in equipment with integral lighting. J. Set initial temperatures, and calibrate sensors. K. Set field-adjustable switches. L. Connect ducts according to requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." Install flexible connectors on makeup air supply duct. Weld exhaust-duct connections with continuous liquidtight joint. M. Install fire-suppression piping for remote-mounted suppression systems according to NFPA 17A, "Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems." 33.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Test each equipment item for proper operation. Repair or replace equipment that is defective, including units that operate below required capacity or that operate with excessive noise or vibration. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Perform hood performance tests required by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Perform fire-suppression system performance tests required by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 34 -GENERAL 34.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 34.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electrical equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Grout. 5. Common electrical installation requirements. 34.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For sleeve seals. 34.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting raceways, cables, and wireways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping. PART 35 - PRODUCTS 35.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inchesand no side more than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inchesand 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. 35.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. C. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 35.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. PART 36 - EXECUTION 36.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 36.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, or wireways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inchesabove finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inchannular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. I. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. J. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. K. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. L. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inchannular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inchannular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 36.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 36.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 0510 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 —GENERAL 36.5 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. All Specification Sections under Division 26. 36.6 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: 1. Definitions. 2. Excavation. 3. Coordination of work. 4. Cleaning, patching repairing and painting. 5. Guarantees. 6. Field test. 36.7 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) Publications: 1. C2- National Electrical Safety Code. 2. C37— Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear. 3. C37— Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear. 4. C37— Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear. B. California Code of Regulations (CCR) Publications: 1. Title 8, Industrial Relations. 2. Title 19, State Fire Marshal Regulations. 3. Title 24, Part 2, Energy Conservation Standards. 4. Title 24, Part 3, CCR, 2010 California Electrical Code. 5. Title 24, Part 9, CCR, 2010 California Fire Code. C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Publication: ICS6-93 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications: 1. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. 70B Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance. E. State of California Public Utilities Commission (Cal. P.U.C.) Publications: 1. G.O. 95 Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction. 2. G.O. 128 Rules for Construction of Underground Electrical Supply and Communications Systems. 36.8 DEFINITIONS The following definitions apply to terms used in these standards. A. The words "work" or"electrical work" include products, labor, equipment, tools, appliances, transportation, and all related items directly or indirectly required to complete the specified and indicated electrical installation. B. The world "concealed" shall meant that the installation will not be visible when all permanent or removable elements of the construction are in place. The word "exposed" shall mean that the installation is visible when all permanent or removable elements of the construction are in place. C. The word "code" shall mean any and all regulations and requirements of regulatory bodies, public and private, having jurisdiction over the work involved. D. The word "product" used in Division 26 means all material, equipment, machinery, and/or appliances directly or indirectly required to complete the specified and/or indicated electrical work. E. The words "standard product" shall mean a manufactured product, illustrated and/or described in catalogs or brochures that is in general distribution prior to the date of issue of construction documents. Products will generally be identified by means of a specific catalog number and manufacturer's name. F. "Provide" means furnish, install, connect and test unless otherwise noted. G. The words "conduit" and "duct" are used interchangeably, and have the same meaning. H. "UFER" Ground: See Section 26 0526, "Grounding". 36.9 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction and work of the other sections shall permit. Size and location of equipment is drawn to scale wherever possible. B. Drawings and specifications are for the assistance and guidance of the Contractor. Exact locations, distances, and levels will b governed by the building. The Contractor shall make use of data in all the contract documents to verify information at the building site. C. In any case where there appears to be a conflict or ambiguity between that which is shown on the electrical drawings or in the electrical specifications and any other part of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify and secure directions from the Architect. D. Drawings and specifications are intended to complement each other. Where a conflict or ambiguity exists between the requirements of the drawings and the specifications, request clarification. Do not proceed with work without direction. E. The Architect shall interpret the drawings and the specifications. The interpretation by the Architect as to the true intent and meaning thereof and the quality, quantity, and sufficiency of the materials and workmanship furnished there under shall be accepted as final and conclusive. F. In the case of conflicts or ambiguities not clarified prior to the bidding deadline, use the most costly alternative (better quality, greater quantity, and larger size) in preparing the bid. A clarification will be issued to the successful bidder as soon as feasible after the award and, if appropriate, a deductive change order will be issued. G. Where items are specified in the singular, this division shall provide the quantity as shown on drawings plus any spares or extras indicated on the drawings or in the specifications. 36.10 RECORD DRAWINGS: A. On one (1) set of contract drawings, kept at the site during construction, mark all work that is installed differently from that shown on plans, including revised circuitry, material or equipment. Sufficient dimensions shall be provided to locate all materials installed beneath and outside the building including, but not limited to, underground conduits, cabling, ground rods, and stubouts. B. All changes or revisions to the contract drawings including, but not limited to, those indicate by amendment, change order, field order, written response to RFI/RFC or other contractual means shall be kept current as the work progresses and shall be incorporated onto the final record drawings. C. Accurately locate and dimension all underground and embedded conduit runs on the record drawings. D. The marked drawings shall be kept current as the work progresses and shall be available for inspection upon request. At the close of construction, prepare a set of accurate reproducible record drawings and turn them over to the Architect. The correct and completed record drawings are a prerequisite to final contract payment. 1. As part of the reproducible record drawings, the Contractor shall produce full size reproducible drawings with the: Final panelboard schedules as modified during construction and final light fixture schedule as modified during construction. 2. These drawings shall be on Architectural base sheets and numerically sequenced to follow the last "E" sheet. E. As part of the reproducible record drawings, the Contractor shall produce full size reproducible drawings for all signal systems which shall include exact"As-Built"device locations, "As-Built" interconnection drawings, and "As- Built" riser diagrams, and provide one set in the panel board, motor control center, or main distribution panel. 36.11 EXAMINATION OF SITE: A. Examination of the building site shall be made by the Contractor. The Contractor shall compare it with the drawings and specification and satisfy himself as to the conditions under which work is to be performed. The Contractor shall, at such time, ascertain and check the locations of existing structures or equipment which may affect his work. 36.12 EXCAVATION A. Prior to starting excavation or trenching, the Contractor shall perform an underground Site Survey utilizing an electronic locator to verify the exact location of all existing underground utility piping, conduits and conductors. The Contractor shall submit for approval a site survey report to the Architect within five (5)working days after the survey is performed. The Site Survey Report shall show the horizontal location for existing utilities and identify any possible conflicts between the new work and existing utilities. 36.13 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS: A. Permits, fees, and inspections shall be arranged for and paid by the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall present to the Architect, properly signed certificates of the final inspection before work will be accepted. 36.14 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS: A. The power wiring, safety switches, combination controllers (indicated on electrical plans), circuit breakers, and motor control equipment forming a part of motor-control centers or switchgear assemblies, and the electrical connection of the mechanical equipment to the electrical power source shall be included under Division 26. B. The electrical components of mechanical equipment including, but not limited to, motors, motor-starters, control or pushbutton stations, float-pressure switches, solenoid valves, thermostats,junction boxes, and other devices functioning to control mechanical equipment shall be provided under Division 15. Interconnecting wiring for packaged equipment shall be provided as an integral part of the equipment. C. Control Wiring: Installation of line and low voltage conduit, wiring and junction/outlet boxes not shown on the electrical drawings but required for controlling or monitoring mechanical equipment systems shall be furnished and installed under Division 15. Installation of these shall comply with the requirements of Division 26. D. If substitution of controls or mechanical equipment other than that specified requires any changes in the electrical work from that shown on the plans or specified in Division 26, any additional cost of the equipment or electrical work shall be the responsibility of Division 15. 36.15 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal requirements for Division 26 shall be in accordance with Division 1 except as modified herein. All time requirements shall be based on the notice to proceed date of the General Contract. All materials and equipment furnished under Division 26 shall; be submitted to the Architect for approval. Such approval shall be in writing from the Architect including that which is exactly as specified. Any materials or equipment installed without written approval shall be subject to immediate removal. Approval of material or equipment shall in no way obviate compliance with the contract documents. B. Submittals shall be packaged separately for each system or major piece of equipment and reviewed by the Contractor for verification of compliance with the contract documents prior to submitting to the Architect. Separate, bound submittals shall be provided for each specification section to the Architect. Authorization to combine equipment or systems must be in writing from the Architect. All interface between specification sections shall be indicated in each submittal. C. All materials and equipment shall be new and shall bear the inspection label of the Underwriters Laboratories (UL)where applicable. Materials and equipment shall be the latest standard product and shall be of the grade indicated by the trade names given. D. The work shown on the contract drawings is engineered and designed to accommodate the equipment described hereinafter in these specifications. E. Equipment submittal shall include manufacturer's name, model, type, number, finish, size and capacity of the equipment at the given conditions. This information shall be provided in bound submittals, each containing an index and all submittals. Provide [seven (7)] copies of each submittal. The title shall provide the project name, system identity, the specification number, and the Contractor's name and address. This submittal shall be in addition to the shop drawings hereinafter specified. Partial submittals of material submitted from time to time are not acceptable and may be returned without review. F. Submittals shall be reviewed by the Architect for compliance with the contract documents. Submittals found to be incomplete or not in compliance with the contract documents shall be returned for resubmittal. The Architect shall review the original submittal and one (1) resubmittal per section (if required). The Contractor shall reimburse the Architect for all subsequent submittal review. G. Equipment Layout Drawings: "Equipment Layout Drawings" shall be provided for each equipment room, yard or area containing equipment items furnished under Division 26. Layout drawings shall consist of a plan view of the room or area (to a '/4 inch =1 foot—0 inch minimum scale)showing projected outlines of all equipment, complete with dotted lines indicating all required clearances, including all clearances needed for removal or service. Location of all conduit and pull boxes shall be indicated. Drawings shall indicate any and all conflicts with other trades. 36.16 SUSTITUTIONS A. Equipment submitted for substitution must fit the space conditions shown on the drawings, leaving adequate room for maintenance around all equipment. A minimum of 48 inches (or more if required by Code) must be maintained clear in front of all electrical panels, starters, gutters or other electrical apparatus. Submit drawings showing the layout, size, and exact method of interconnection of conduit, wiring and controls, which shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. The scale of these drawings shall be the scale of the contract drawings. The Contractor shall bear the excess costs, by any and all crafts, for fitting the equipment into the space and the system designated. Where additional labor or material is required to permit equipment submitted for substitution to function in an approved manner, this shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. B. No substitutions will be allowed for materials or equipment if three (3) or more manufacturers are indicated. C. An item submitted for substitution does not constitute an "equal" unless approval by the Architect has been given in writing. D. Equipment submitted for substitution shall be approved in writing by the Architect and shall be accompanied by the following: 1. A sample of each item submitted for substitution shall accompany the submittal if requested by the Architect. 2. A unit price quotation shall be provided with each item intended for substitution. This quote shall include a unit price for the specified item and a unit price for the intended substitute item. The Contractor shall also provide a total (per item)of the differential payback to the Owner should the intended substitute item be approved as equivalent to that which is specified. 3. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the additional services required by the Architect to review and process substitutions. E. Substitutions shall be approved in writing by the Architect. The determination of the Architect shall be final. 36.17 WARRANTY 36.18 A. Warranty requirements for Division 26 shall be in accordance with Division 1 except as modified herein. B. All materials and equipment provided shall be warranted for a minimum period of one (1)-year from the official date of completion. In addition, provide two (2)-year extended warranty, for a total of three (3)-years, for the following items: 1. Disconnect Switches. 2. Panelboards. 3. Circuit Breakers. C. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials required to correct problems which develop during the warranty period due to defective materials of faulty workmanship. The labor and materials to do this work shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Within one (1)-month prior to the expiration of the warranty period, the Contractor shall correct any and all defects covered by the warranty. This shall include tightening to original specifications of all bolted connections. E. Warranty certificates shall be made out to Vista Unified School District and shall be delivered to the Architect at the completion of the installation. F. All equipment shall be guaranteed to be supported in such a way as to be free from objectionable vibration and noise. G. Additional warranty requirement shall be as indicated in the following sections of Division 26. H. OP 1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: I. The Contractor shall furnish operation and maintenance manuals for each electrical system and for each piece of equipment. The complete manual, bound in hardback binders, or an approved equivalent, shall be provided to the Architect. Provide Seven (7) copies of each manual. One (1) manual shall be furnished prior to the time that system or equipment tests are performed, and the remaining manuals shall be furnished one(1)week before the final job visit is made. The following identification shall be inscribed on the cover; the words "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL", the name and location of the building, the name of the Contractor, and the contract number. J. The manual shall include the names, address, and the telephone numbers of each Subcontractor installing equipment and systems, and of the local representatives for each item of equipment and each system. The manual shall have a table of contents and be assembled to conform to the table of contents with tab sheets placed before instructions covering each subject. The instruction sheet shall be legible with large sheets of drawings folded in. The Manual shall include, but not limited to , the following: 1. System layout showing components. 2. Devices and controls. 3. Wiring and control diagrams showing operation and control of each component. 4. Sequence of operation describing start-up, operation, and shutdown. 5. Functional description of the principal system components. 6. Installation instructions. 7. Maintenance and overhaul instructions. 8. Lubrication schedule including type, grade, temperature, range, and frequency. 9. Safety precautions, diagrams and illustrations. 10. Test procedures. 11. Performance data. 12. Parts list. K. The parts list for equipment shall indicate the sources of supply, recommended spare parts, and the service organization which is reasonably convenient to the building sit. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment, controls, and accessories provided. 1.13 COORDINATION OF ALL WORK: L. Job Visits by the Architect: 1. Periodic visits to the job by the Architect are for the express purpose of verifying compliance with the contract documents. 2. Such visits shall not be construed as construction supervision. Neither shall such visits be construed as making the Architect responsible for providing a safe place for the performance of the work by the Contractor or the Contractor's employees or the safety of the supplies of the Contractor or his Subcontractors. M. Temporary Electrical Service: 1. The Contractor shall provide labor and materials required for the installation and maintenance of temporary lighting and required power sources for the Contractor's equipment inside the building or construction site and for pedestrian walkways during the period of construction. 2. The building or construction site shall be sufficiently illuminated so that construction work can be safely performed. Special attention shall be given to adequately lighting stairs, ladders, pedestrian walkways, floor openings, etc. Walkway lights shall be controlled by a switch within the building or construction site. 3. Power shall be on and all lighting shall be in operation before painting work commences. N. Electrical Service Outages: 1. There shall be no interruption of existing electrical service without prior approval by the Architect. Written notice of proposed utility outages shall be delivered to the Architect at least fourteen (14)-days prior to the start of the proposed outage. The interruption of electrical service shall be scheduled outside the normal working hours. The maximum outage time shallow shall be four(4)-hours, otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for all related work including, but not limited to, installation of new electrical lines, abandonment of existing electrical lines, and interfacing between new and existing lines to ensure uninterrupted service. Additional requirements are listed in Division 1 of this specification. 2. The installation shall be closely coordinated with the utility provider and all other site utilities. a. Electrical O. Posted Operating Instructions: 1. Operating instructions shall be provided by the Contractor at the conclusion of the project for each system and each principal piece of equipment for the use of operating and maintenance personnel. The operating instructions shall include wiring and control diagrams showing the entire system, including, but not limited to, equipment, devices, and control sequences. All operating instruction shall be approved by the Architect. 2. Operating instructions shall be typewritten or engraved and shall be framed under glass or in approved laminated plastic and posted adjacent to each principal piece of equipment and shall include such instructions as start up, proper adjustment, operation, lubrication, shutdown, safety-precautions, procedure in the event of equipment failure, and any other necessary items of instructions as recommended by the manufacturer of unit. 3. Operating instructions exposed to the weather shall be made of weather-resisting materials or shall be suitably enclosed to be weather protected. Operating instructions shall not face when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling. 1.14 TRAINING: P. User staff and maintenance personnel shall be thoroughly trained (minimum four (4)-hours) in the use of each system or major piece of equipment installed. This training shall be provided a part of the Contractors bid to supply the system or equipment. Additional training requirements,shall be as specified in the subsequent sections of Division 26. 1.15 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Q. Equipment and materials shall be properly stored, adequately protected, and carefully handled to prevent damage before and during installation. Equipment and materials shall be handled, stored, and protected in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Architect. Electrical conduit shall be stored to provide protection from the weather and accidental damage. Plastic conduit shall be stored on even supports and in locations not subject to direct sunrays or excessive heat. Cables shall be sealed, stored, and handled carefully to avoid damage to the outer covering or insulation and damage from moisture and weather. Damaged or defective items shall be replaced with new items a no cost to the Owner. The Architect shall determine if a damaged or defective item is to be replaced with a new item. The decisions by the Architect in these matters shall be final. 1.16 FIELD TESTS: R. As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the contract, the Architect shall be given five (5) working days notice prior to each test. The Contractor shall provide all test equipment, personnel and incidentals including, but not limited to, water, fuel, and lubricants necessary to perform the required tests. The Owner shall provide electrical power required for all tests. The Contractor shall submit five (5) typewritten copies of all test results to the Architect within five (5)working days after each test. 1. The information submitted shall include, but not limited to, the following: a. Scope of the test. 2. Name and type of instrument used. 3. Calibration date of instrument and name of calibration firm. 4. Name and signature of testing personnel. 5. Name of signature of Architect. 6. Analysis of test results. 7. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Architect the operation of all equipment and systems. All tests shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Architect. Each test shall be performed the number of time indicated in the individual specification section. In the event the number of times the tests are to be completed is omitted, the Architect shall determine the number. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 37 -GENERAL 37.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 37.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 37.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency. C. Field quality-control test reports. 37.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 38 - PRODUCTS 38.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 2. General Cable Corporation. 3. Senator Wire & Cable Company. 4. Southwire Company. B. Copper and Aluminum Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. C. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN-THWN and XHHW. D. Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for metal-clad cable, Type MC cable. E. The use of nonmetallic-sheathed cable, Type NM, and Type USE with ground wire cables are not acceptable. 38.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 39 - EXECUTION 39.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Service Entrance Feeder: Aluminum; stranded or Copper; stranded as indicated on one-line diagram. B. Feeders: Stranded Copper. C. Branch Circuits: Stranded Copper. 39.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. The use of nonmetallic-sheathed cable, Type NM, and Type USE with ground wire cables are not acceptable. B. The use of metal clad cables is not acceptable for branch circuit home runs to panelboards and dedicated branch circuits. C. Service Entrance: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway. D. Exterior Feeders: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway. E. Exposed, Interior, Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. F. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway or Metal-clad cable, Type MC. G. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. H. Exposed, Interior, Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. I. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway or Metal-clad cable, Type MC. J. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. K. Exterior Branch Circuits: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway. L. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. M. Class 2 Control Circuits: Power-limited cable, concealed in building finishes. 39.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary;compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." F. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 39.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inchesof slack. 39.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. 39.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 40 -GENERAL 40.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 40.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 40.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control'Article, including the following: 1. Ground rods. 2. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. C. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. D. Field quality-control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include the following in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals: 1. Documentation of grounding features at grounding connections for separately derived systems. 40.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory(NRTL)as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 41 - PRODUCTS 41.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned-copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inchin diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor; minimum. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 incheswide and 1/16 inchthick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 incheswide and 1/16 inchthick. 41.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 41.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper, sectional type; 5/8-inches in diameter by 120 inches. PART 42 - EXECUTION 42.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper or tinned-copper conductor, No. 4/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inchesbelow grade. C. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 42.2 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Pad-Mounted Transformers: Ground per utility specifications and requirements. As a minimum install four ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inchesfrom the foundation. 42.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. C. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. D. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. E. Signal and Communication Equipment: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4- by-2-by-6-inchcopper grounding bus. 2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. 42.4 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inchesbelow finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least two ground rods spaced at least thirty (30)feet from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. D. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment,or grounding bus,to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug-type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. E. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. F. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each steel column. 42.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: B. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 3. Prepare dimensioned drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. C. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 2. Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms. D. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 43 -GENERAL 43.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 43.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 43.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Custom enclosures and cabinets. C. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural members in the paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in the paths of conduit groups with common supports. D. Qualification Data: For testing agency. E. Source quality-control test reports. 43.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 44 - PRODUCTS 44.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Alflex Inc. 3. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 4. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 5. Electri-Flex Co. 6. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 7. Maverick Tube Corporation. 8. O-Z Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 9. Wheatland Tube Company. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. IMC: ANSI C80.6. D. EMT: ANSI C80.3. E. FMC: Zinc-coated steel. F. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. G. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight), EMT, and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Fittings for EMT: Steel set-screw or compression type. H. Joint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit or IMC: Listed for use in cable connector assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded raceway joints from corrosion and enhance their conductivity. 44.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 3. Arnco Corporation. 4. CANTEX Inc. 5. CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 6. Condux International, Inc. 7. ElecSYS, Inc. 8. Electri-Flex Co. 9. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 11. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 12. Thomas & Betts Corporation. B. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC, unless otherwise indicated. C. LFNC: UL 1660. D. Fittings for RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. E. Fittings for LFNC: UL 514B. 44.3 COMMUNICATIONS CABLE RACEWAY AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Arnco Corporation. 2. Endot Industries Inc. 3. IPEX Inc. 4. Lamson &Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. B. Description: Comply with UL 2024; flexible type, approved for plenum, riser installation. 44.4 METAL WIREWAYS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Hoffman. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric. B. Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Wireway Covers: Screw-cover type. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 44.5 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Prime coating, ready for field painting. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Thomas & Betts Corporation. b. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). C. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. 44.6 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. EGS/Appleton Electric. 3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 4. Hoffman. 5. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. Division. 6. O-Z/Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 7. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 8. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. 9. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 10. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 11. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover. D. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2. E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. F. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. G. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic, finished inside with radio-frequency-resistant paint. H. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front,finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. PART 45 - EXECUTION 45.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, direct buried. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 4. B. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Surface Metal Raceway in finished spaces and EMT in unfinished spaces. 2. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: IMC. 3. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 5. Damp or Wet Locations: IMC. 6. Raceways for Communications Cable in Spaces Used for Environmental Air: Plenum-type, communications cable raceway. 7. Raceways for Communications Cable Risers in Vertical Shafts: Riser-type, communications cable raceway. 8. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4, nonmetallic in damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 1/2-inch trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 45.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Install raceways for branch circuit homeruns from panelboards to the first wiring device, for all dedicated branch circuits, and for all lighting branch circuits, except maximum length of 6-foot metal clad cable may be used for final connection to lighting fixtures. C. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. D. Keep raceways at least 2 inches away from bottom of roof deck such that roofing fasteners will not puncture conduit. E. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. F. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." G. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. H. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. I. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. J. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Change from RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, to rigid steel conduit, or IMC before rising above the floor. K. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. L. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. M. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. N. Raceways for Communications Cable: Install raceways, metallic and nonmetallic, rigid and flexible, as follows: 1. 3/4-Inch Trade Size and Smaller: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 50 feet. 2. 1-Inch Trade Size and Larger: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 75 feet. 3. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of raceway unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these requirements. O. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. P. Expansion-Joint Fittings for RNC: Install in each run of aboveground conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F, and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. 1. Install expansion-joint fittings for each of the following locations, and provide type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for location: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. C. Indoor Spaces: Connected with the Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg Ftemperature change. 2. Install fitting(s)that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change. 3. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation. Q. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. R. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. 45.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct-Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Site/Civil specifications for pipe less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. 2. Install backfill as specified in Site/Civil specifications. 3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Site/Civil specifications. 4. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete. b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of equipment pad or foundation. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 5. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches above direct-buried conduits, placing them 24 inches o.c. Align planks along the width and along the centerline of conduit. 45.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. 45.5 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 46 -GENERAL 46.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Channel support systems. 2. Restraint cables. 3. Hanger rod stiffeners. 4. Anchorage bushings and washers. 46.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic-Restraint Loading: 1. Site Class as Defined in the IBC: D. 2. Assigned Seismic Use Group or Building Category as Defined in the IBC: II. a. Component Importance Factor: 1.0. b. Component Response Modification Factor: 1.5. C. Component Amplification Factor: 1.0. 46.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic-restraint component used. a. Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. b. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. 3. Restrained-Isolation Devices: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For vibration isolation and seismic-restraint details indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operation, seismic forces required to select vibration isolators and seismic restraints. a. Coordinate design calculations with wind-load calculations required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Division 26 Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 2. Indicate materials and dimensions and identify hardware, including attachment and anchorage devices. 3. Field-fabricated supports. 4. Seismic-Restraint Details: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths,and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. C. Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: By an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). C. Welding certificates. D. Field quality-control test reports. 46.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code- Steel." C. Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis and shall bear anchorage preapproval OPA number from OSHPD, preapproval by ICC-ES, or preapproval by another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum seismic-restraint ratings. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismic-restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. D. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 47 - PRODUCTS 47.1 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 2. California Dynamics Corporation. 3. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 4. Hilti Inc. 5. Loos & Co.; Seismic Earthquake Division. 6. Mason Industries. 7. TOLCO Incorporated; a brand of NIBCO INC. 8. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and application requirements shall be as defined in reports by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. C. Channel Support System: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made of slotted steel channels with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion-resistant coating; and rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. D. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603 galvanized-steel cables with end connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivels, and bolts designed for restraining cable service; and with a minimum of two clamping bolts for cable engagement. E. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. Do not weld stiffeners to rods. F. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchors and studs. G. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices. H. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. I. Mechanical Anchor: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchors with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. Minimum length of eight times diameter. J. Adhesive Anchor: Drilled-in and capsule anchor system containing polyvinyl or urethane methacrylate-based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive. Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. PART 48 - EXECUTION 48.1 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Secure raceways and cables to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 48.2 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Equipment and Hanger Restraints: 1. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction providing required submittals for component. B. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. C. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. 48.3 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in runs of raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where they terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting them as they approach equipment. 48.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load-spreading members. 2. Test at least four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 3. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 4. Verify snubber minimum clearances. 5. If a device fails test, modify all installations of same type and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. B. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 48.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 49 -GENERAL 49.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and control cables. 3. Identification for conductors. 4. Underground-line warning tape. 5. Warning labels and signs. 6. Instruction signs. 7. Equipment identification labels. 8. Miscellaneous identification products. 49.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. 49.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. E. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. 49.4 POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size. B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. C. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather-and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. 49.5 ARMORED AND METAL-CLAD CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V and Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. C. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. 49.6 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. 49.7 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide. B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. 49.8 FLOOR MARKING TAPE A. 2-inch-wide, 5-mil pressure-sensitive vinyl tape, with black and white stripes and clear vinyl overlay. 49.9 UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE A. Tape: 1. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. 2. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. 3. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert,and not subject to degrading when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. B. Color and Printing: 1. Comply with ANSI Z535.1 through ANSI Z535.5. 2. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE. 3. Inscriptions for Orange-Colored Tapes: TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE. C. Tag: 1. Detectable three-layer laminate,consisting of a printed pigmented polyolefin film,a solid aluminum-foil core, and a clear protective film that allows inspection of the continuity of the conductive core, bright-colored, continuous-printed on one side with the inscription of the utility, compounded for direct-burial service. 2. Overall Thickness: 5 mils. 3. Foil Core Thickness: 0.35 mil. 4. Weight: 28 Ib/1000 sq. ft.. 5. 3-Inch Tensile According to ASTM D 882: 70 Ibf, and 4600 psi. 49.10 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: 1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches. D. Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: 1. Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch galvanized- steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches. E. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING -OSHA REGULATION -AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." 49.11 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up to 20 sq. inches and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. B. Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. 49.12 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Self-Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark- gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. 49.13 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 50 - EXECUTION 50.1 INSTALLATION A. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. C. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. D. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. E. System Identification Color-Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color-coding band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25- foot maximum intervals in congested areas. F. Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall. G. Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application. 50.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less,for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 30A, and 120V to ground: Install labels at 10-foot maximum intervals. B. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. Emergency Power. 2. Power. 3. UPS. C. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color-coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder and branch-circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG, if authorities having jurisdiction permit. b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. D. Install instructional sign including the color-code for grounded and ungrounded conductors using adhesive-film- type labels. E. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write-on tags to conductors and list source. F. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, and signal connections. 1. Identify conductors,cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions,terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. G. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. 1. Limit use of underground-line warning tape to direct-buried cables. 2. Install underground-line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway. H. Workspace Indication: Install floor marking tape to show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall be as required by NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush-mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. I. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self-adhesive warning labels. 1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. 3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: a. Power transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. J. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. K. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch- high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. L. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting,control, communication,signal, monitoring,and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Self-adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- high letters on 1-1/2-inch- high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label, Stenciled legend 4 inches high. C. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. d. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of attachment, fasten labels with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of the enclosure. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 2416 PANELBOARDS PART 51 -GENERAL 51.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes distribution panelboards and lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 51.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Panelboards shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 51.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices. 6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 7. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 8. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: Submit certification that panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." D. Field quality-control reports. E. Panelboard schedules for installation in panelboards. F. Operation and maintenance data. 51.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NEMA PB 1. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 51.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 52 - PRODUCTS 52.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A. Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." B. Enclosures: Flush- and surface-mounted cabinets. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. b. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4X stainless steels. C. Kitchen and Wash-Down Areas: NEMA 250, Type 4X stainless steel. d. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4X stainless steel. 2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box. 3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 4. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder. C. Incoming Mains Location: Top and bottom. D. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: Tin-plated aluminum. E. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. 4. Feed-Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 5. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. F. Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. G. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. H. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 52.2 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy&Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type. C. Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. D. Mains: Lugs only. E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Bolt-on circuit breakers. F. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt-on circuit breakers. 52.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy&Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type. C. Mains: Circuit breaker or lugs only, as indicated on panel schedules. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. F. Column-Type Panelboards: Narrow gutter extension, with cover, to overhead junction box equipped with ground and neutral terminal buses. 52.4 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy&Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker(MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit- breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-mounted, field- adjustable trip setting. 3. Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing; field-replaceable rating plug or field-replicable electronic trip; and the following field-adjustable settings: a. Instantaneous trip. b. Long- and short-time pickup levels. C. Long- and short-time time adjustments. d. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and Izt response. 4. Ground-Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: Class B ground-fault protection (30-mA trip). 5. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker(MCCB) Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. C. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge (HID) lighting circuits. d. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time- delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. e. Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 55 percent of rated voltage. f. Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit-breaker handle in on or off position. g. Handle Clamp: Loose attachment, for holding circuit-breaker handle in on position. 52.5 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Portable Test Set: For testing functions of solid-state trip devices without removing from panelboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing panelboard meters and switchboard class relays. PART 53 - EXECUTION 53.1 INSTALLATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, store and install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407 and NEMA PB 1.1. B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." above finished floor or grade.Mount panelboarbs such that the highest position of any operating handle for circuit breakers or switches does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform, unless otherwise indicated. D. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. E. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges. F. Install filler plates in unused spaces. G. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. H. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. I. Comply with NECA 1. 53.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads and incorporating Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." D. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in distribution panelboards with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 53.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES PART 54 -GENERAL 54.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Snap switches and wall-box dimmers. 3. Solid-state fan speed controls. B. See Division 27 Section "Communications Horizontal Cabling"for workstation outlets. 54.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. C. Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified, in each color specified. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. 54.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 55 - PRODUCTS 55.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Cooper Wiring Devices; a division of Cooper Industries, Inc. (Cooper). 2. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 3. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). 4. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices &Accessories (Pass & Seymour). 55.2 STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; 5351 (single), 5352 (duplex). b. Hubbell; HBL5351 (single), CR5352 (duplex). C. Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex). d. Pass & Seymour; 5381 (single), 5352 (duplex). 55.3 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: Straight blade, non-feed-through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when device is tripped. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; GF20. b. Pass & Seymour; 2084. 55.4 SNAP SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20. B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; 2221 (single pole), 2222 (two pole), 2223 (three way), 2224 (four way). b. Hubbell; CS1221 (single pole), CS1222 (two pole), CS1223 (three way), CS1224 (four way). C. Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four way). d. Pass & Seymour; 20AC1 (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way), 20AC4 (four way). C. Single-Pole, Double-Throw, Momentary Contact, Center-Off Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A;for use with mechanically held lighting contactors. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; 1995. b. Hubbell; HBL1557. C. Leviton; 1257. d. Pass & Seymour; 1251. 55.5 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic. 3. Material for Damp Locations: Stainless steel with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in "wet locations." B. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with type 3R weather-resistant thermoplastic "while in use"with lockable cover. 55.6 FINISHES A. Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color. 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect, unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red. PART 56 - EXECUTION 56.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise noted. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. C. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up,and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Dimmers: 1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing. 2. Verify that dimmers used for fan speed control are listed for that application. 3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers' device listing conditions in the written instructions. H. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush,with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. 56.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 56.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement. B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new, and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 2816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 57 -GENERAL 57.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fusible switches. 2. Receptacle switches. 57.2 DEFINITIONS A. NC: Normally closed. B. NO: Normally open. C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 57.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Enclosed switches and circuit breakers shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 57.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. D. Field quality-control reports. E. Operation and maintenance data. 57.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART58 - PRODUCTS 58.1 FUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy&Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 240 or 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 3. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 58.2 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 240 or 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. B. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 58.3 RECEPTACLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy&Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Type HD, Heavy-Duty, Single-Throw Fusible Switch: 240 or 600-V ac, 30, 60, 100 A; UL 98 and NEMA KS 1; horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses; lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks; interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Interlocking Linkage: Provided between the receptacle and switch mechanism to prevent inserting or removing plug while switch is in the on position, inserting any plug other than specified, and turning switch on if an incorrect plug is inserted or correct plug has not been fully inserted into the receptacle. D. Receptacle: Polarized, three-phase, four-wire receptacle (fourth wire connected to enclosure ground lug). PART 59 - EXECUTION 59.1 INSTALLATION A. Install individual wall-mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. D. Install fuses in fusible devices. E. Comply with NECA 1. 59.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate. 59.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch and circuit breaker, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies enclosed switches and circuit breakers and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION APPENDIX A EXTRA WORK DAILY REPORT EXTRA WORK DAILY REPORT PROJECT NAME PROJECT NUMBER CONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR DATE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF EXTRA WORK LABOR EMPLOYEE NAME JOB ACTUAL WORK HOURS MATERIALS CLASS PERFORMED REGULAR OT Description Quantity EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE OF OPERATIONS: EQUIPMENT OPERATOR HOURS DESCRIPTION NAME REG OT I STDBY INDICATE WITH AN*IF EQUIPMENT IS RENTED. Notes: 1. Indicate work dome by 2. Invoices must be subcontractors. provided. The undersigned hereby agree that the above is a true and correct statement of labor, equipment, and materials used this date in executing the work described. City of Lake Elsinore Representative Authorized Contractors Representative INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM EW1 A SEPARATE FORM IS TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH LOCATION OF EXTRA WORK. 1 PROJECT NAME Enter the complete project name. 2 PROJECT NUMBER Enter the complete project number. 3 DATE Enter the date of work. 4 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK Enter a detailed description of the location of work, including stationing, address or other applicable reference. Detail the actual work involved and reference the applicable change document. 5 LABOR List names, classifications, and actual duties performed as well as hours worked including regular and overtime hours. 6 MATERIALS List all materials incorporated into the work and the quantities. Attach scale tickets, delivery tickets or other applicable documentation to the daily report. 7 EQUIPMENT List all equipment and indicate if the equipment is rented. Attach al invoices as applicable. 8 NARRATIVE OF OPERATIONS Give a detailed description of the work performed and sketch work area if applicable. Take detailed PHOTOS of the work performed and provide a photo log describing the photo. 9 SIGNATURES Both the contractor and city representative must sign the Extra Work Form on the day of work. USE ADDITIONAL FORMS IF NECESSARY. APPENDIX B CERTIFIED PAYROLL FORMS x x � V Q� E Y z 4 FI � � FOZ a FpZ n Hp s FGZ O Ow0 Owl Om� OmS r0� rpr YpY YpF F o Fe ,ose 3 Es ~ z se 5 =e 5 sa o is 5 a .'�, i g g_ �w < g O G 6 C p E~ 8 giE Zf gs �N f in IN & o u = m z U y <p ap <p 6p u W Ow° g a sz O y�0 z O a O U 'oa<w a �x a oox' E o c O Y v w o s Y! z } w r G 6 Y aw 3 0 u a F O&� x � 5 Y yF¢+ Z ` O Y �" Id Z i V SNOLLMMM ONIO'!OH -RUM 30'ON w O� y O Z y 3 Z NOTICE TO PUBLIC ENTITY For Privacy Considerations Fold back along dotted line prior to copying for release to general public(private persons). (Paper Size then 8-1/2 x I 1 inches) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1, the undersigned,am the (Name--print) with the authority to act for and on behalf of (Position in business) certify under penalty of perjury (Name of business and/or contractor) that the records or copies thereof submitted and consisting of (Description,number of pages) are the originals or true,full,and correct copies of the originals which depict the payroll record(s) of the actual disbursements by way of cash,check,or whatever form to the individual or individuals named. Date: Signature: A public entity may require a stricter and/or more extensive form of certification. STATE OF CALIFORNIA•DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FRINGE BENEFIT STATEMENT GEM-2501 (REV 8/1994) CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR(Please Print) CONTRACT NUMBER FEDERAL-AID PROJECT NUMBER JDATE TO: RESIDENT ENGINEER OR DISTRICT LABOR COMPLIANCE OFFICER BUSINESS ADDRESS .max.._ ��:Ga:�...1U a c Iam�,can.-.._ Labor Compliance uses the following fringe benefits Information(shown or referenced on wage rate determinattoR(1 of employees in various crafts or classifications to check payrolls or apply to force account work on the above contract.` � COMPLETE AND SUBMIT THIS FORM WITH THE FIRST CERTIFIED PAYROLL OR WHEN THERE HAVE BEEN CHANGE1,3 S -::Tyv s� Classification Fringe Benefit Hourly Amount Name and Address of Plan,Fund,or Program Vacation $ Effective Date Health and $ Welfare Pension $ Subsistence and/or Travel Pay Apprentice or $ Training Fees $ Other $ Classification Fringe Benefit Hourly Amount Name and Address of Plan,Fund,or Program Vacation $ Effective Date Health and $ Welfare Pension $ Subsistence and/or Travel Pay Apprentice or $ Training Fees $ Other $ Classification Fringe Benefit Hourly Amount Name and Address of Plan,Fund,or Program Vacation $ Effective Date Health and $ Welfare Pension $ Subsistence and/or Travel Pay Apprentice or $ Training Fees $ Other $ `X cey under penalty of perjury that fringe benefits are paid to the approved Plans,Funds,or Programs listed above. - NAME AND TITLE(Please Print) SIGNATURE BUSINESS TELEPHONE NUMBER For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD(916)CEM2501 ADA Notice 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management,1120 N Street,MS-89,Sacramento,CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA•DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate EMPLOYEE INTERVIEW: LABOR COMPLIANCE I EEO formats. For information call (916)654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write CEM 2504(REV 611999)(Front) CT#7541-3512-3 Records and Forms Management,1120 N Street,MS-89,Sacramento,CA 95814. CONFIDENTIAL CONTRACT NO This document contains personal information and pursuant to Civil Code 1798.21 it shell be kept confidential in order to protect against unauthorized disclosure. FED.NO. INSTRUCTIONS-(SEE REVERSE SIDE) 1.TO BE FILLED IN BY INTERVIEWER(Data maybe obfainedfrom payroll records or during source document review) EMPLOYEE NAME LABOR CLASSIFICATION MINIMUM BASE WAGE PER BASE RATE FRINGE BENEFITS CONTRACT: MINIMUM BASE WAGE PER BASE RATE FRINGE BENEFITS CONTRACT; EMPLOYER PRIME CONTRACTOR ON THE PROJECT(IF SAME,SO STATE) WORK BEING PERFORMED AT TIME OF INTERVIEW 2.QUESTIONS TO BE ASKED OF EMPLOYEE A.HOW LONG HAVE YOU WORKED FOR YOUR PRESENT EMPLOYER? HOW LONG ON THIS PROJECT? B.DESCRIBE THE TYPE OF WORK YOU HAVE BEEN DOING THIS PAST WEEK C.WHAT IS YOUR WAGE[include Base and Fringe Benefits(Compare to Payroll)) DO YOU KEEP A RECORD OF THE HOURS YOU WORK? ❑ YES ❑ NO D.DO YOU WORK OVERTIME? ARE YOU PAID TIME AND ❑YES ❑NO IF NO,EXPLAIN ❑FREQUENTLY ❑SELDOM ❑NONE ONE-HALF FOR OVERTIME? E.HAS YOUR EMPLOYER DIRECTED YOUR ATTENTION TO HAVE YOU SEEN ❑YES El NO IF NO,EXPLAIN THE REQUIRED WAGE RATE POSTERS ON THE PROJECT? ❑YES ❑NO THOSE POSTERS? F.ARE YOU AWARE OF THE DOES THE CONTRACTOR HOLD HOW OFTEN? CONTRACTOR'S EEO POLICIES? ❑YES [:]NO REGULAR EEO MEETINGS? ❑YES ❑NO WHO CONDUCTS THE MEETINGS? WHO IS THE EEO OFFICER FOR YOUR EMPLOYER? WHO IS THE EEO OFFICER FOR THE PROJECT? G.ARE YOU INTERESTED IN/OR HAS YOUR EMPLOYER INFORMED YOU OF UPGRADING IF YES,PLEASE EXPLAIN AND TRAINING POSSIBILITIES? ❑YES ❑NO 3.ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS FOR OWNER OPERATORS A.EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION TRUCK LICENCE NO. TRUCK CA# HOURLY RATE BASE EQUIPMENT RATE ON WHAT DO YOU BASE YOUR (Fully operated and maintained)$ $ EQUIPMENT RENTAL RATE? HOURLY ❑WEEKLY MONTHLY g,DO YOU OWN THE EQUIPMENT? MAY I SEE YOUR CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP? ❑YES ❑NO (interviewer Note Response) LEGAL OWNER REGISTERED OWNER 4.EMPLOYEE COMMENTS S.INTERVIEWER'S COMMENTS DO YOU HAVE ANY COMMENTS OR COMPLAINTS ABOUT WAGES OR EEO POLICIES? BE SPECIFIC: NAME OF INTERVIEWER(PRINT) DATE AME OF RESIDENT ENGINEER(PRINT) DATE SIGNATURE OF INTERVIEWER SIGNATURE OF RESIDENT ENGINEER FM 91 1282 91 61116 STATE OF CALIFORNIA•DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYEE INTERVIEW: LABOR COMPLIANCE! EEO CEM 2504(REV 6/1999)(Back) CT#7541-3512-3 DIRECTIONS TO INTERVIEWER 1. Fill in Section 1 from payroll records,if available,after interview. 2. Fill in Section 2 completely. (does not apply to owner operators) 3. Fill in Section 3 completely. 4. Employee comments optional in Section 4. 5. Interviewer comments on findings and recommends further actions to be taken. Attach additional sheets if necessary. §d Ia¥ � a\/ \/( ° 2 {§/ tL to (�® `w� , $ k»� § ®�® _ z �W� o)ƒ\ § °J9 �kk § $f § c m < 2�2 co a f ■ n ] —LL of z G§b ® o n o co ( §( / § w�§ § �Sw z \k§ 7§ a §< 0■ IX § z 0� Lek �� �o� ]2 W L k& 0 0 : § \ /z / z ' s LU .0 * L �0 00 �_ of ¥F- < } �k f\ 0} e 7 0 . LL K2 § 0-2 z q (z §Ul § � o �w «G _ � 2 22� m« / b ( \§/ j ko � � � 200 §q } � ) cn§§ \k / 9 ƒ zo k in0& �ii o1 u& . § � § � ) /2\ . �o < � / A § Z a- zz0 0 k STATE OF CALIFORNIA•DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION OWNER-OPERATOR LISTING STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE CEM-2505(REV 05/2001) Date do hereby state: (Name o/signatory pally) (Title) (1) That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons reported on this form as Owner-operators by (Contractor or subcontractor) on the that during the payroll period commencing on the day of (Building or work) and ending the day of all persons working on said project have been paid the full weekly sums earned, that no rebates have been or will be made either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said from the full weekly sums earned by any person and that no deductions have (Contractor or subcontractor) have been made either directly or indirectly from the full sums earned by any person, other than permissible deductions, as described here: (2) That any payrolls or listings or otherwise under this contract required to be submitted for the above period are correct and complete;that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained therein are not less than the applicable wage rates contained in any wage determination incorporated into the contract;that the classifications set forth therein for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work he performed. (3) That any apprentices employed in the above period are duly registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State apprenticeship agency. (4) That: (a) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID TO APPROVED PLANS, FUNDS,OR PROGRAMS In addition to the basic hourly wage rates paid to each laborer or mechanic listed in the above referenced payroll or listings payments of fringe benefits as listed in the contract have been or will be made to appropriate programs for the benefit of such employees,except as noted in Section 4(c)below. (b) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID IN CASH Each Laborer or mechanic listed in the above referenced payroll or listings has been paid as indicated on the payroll or listings an amount not less than the sum of the applicable basic hourly wage rate plus the amount of the required fringe benefits as listed in the contract,except as noted in Section 4(c)below: (c) EXCEPTIONS EXCEPTION(CRAFT) EXPLANATION Remarks: NAME AND TITLE SIGNATURE On federall y-funded projects,permissible deductions are defined in regulations,Part 3(29 CFR Subtitle A),issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland/�d,as amended(48 Stat.948 63 Stat.108,72 Stat.967;76 Stat.357;40 U.S.C.276c). Also,the willful falsification of any of the above statements may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution(see Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code). STATE OF CALIFORNIA•DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE CEM-2503(REV 811996) CONTRACTORfSUBCONTRACTOR CONTRACT NUMBER FIRST DAY AND DATE OF PAY PERIOD LAST DAY AND DATE OF PAY PERIOD I do hereby certify under penalty of perjury: (1) That I pay or supervise payment to employees of the above-referenced contractor on the above-referenced contract. All persons employed on said project for the above-referenced time period have been paid their full weekly wages earned,that no rebates have been or will be made either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said contractor from the full weekly wages earned by any person and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned by any person other than permissible deductions. (2) That any payrolls otherwise under this control required to be submitted for the above period are correct and complete; that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained therein are not less that the applicable wages rates: (a) ❑ Specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract; (b) ❑ Determined by the Director of Industrial Relations for the county or counties in which the work is performed;that the classification set forth therein for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work he or she performed, (3) That any apprentices employed in the above period are duly registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State apprenticeship agency. (4) That fringe benefits as listed in the contract: (a) ❑ Have been or will be paid to the approved plan(s),fund(s),or program(s)for the benefit of listed employee(s), except as noted below. (b) ❑ Have been paid directly to the listed employee(s),except as noted below. (c) ❑ See exceptions noted below. OPINIONS 11, REMARKS: NAME(PLEASE PRINT.) TITLE SIGNATURE DATE On federally-funded projects,permissible deductions are defined in title 29,Code of Federal Regulations,part 3,issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act,(40 U.S.C.276c). Also,the willful falsification of any of the above statements may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution(See section 1001 of title 18 and section 3729 of title 31 of the United States Code). ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities,this document is available in alternate formats. For information call(916)654-6410 or TDD(916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management,1120 N Street,MS-89,Sacramento,CA 95814. CEM2501 STATE OF CALIFORNIA•DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE CEM-2503(REV 8/96)INSTRUCTIONS This statement of compliance meets needs of the state and federal payroll requirements to pay fringe benefits in addition to payment of the minimum rates. The contractor's obligation to pay fringe benefits may be met by payment of the fringes to the various preapproved plans,funds,or programs or by making these payments directly to the employees as part of their weekly wage payments. The contractor must show on the face of his or her payroll all monies paid to the employees whether as basic rates or total hourly wage amount in lieu of fringes. The contractor shall report in the statement of compliance that he or she is paying to others fringes required by the contract and not paid directly to the employees in lieu of fringes. Detailed instructions follow: Contractors required to pay Federal Wage Rates: Such a contractor shall check paragraph 2(a)of the statement to indicate that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained in the payroll are not less than the applicable wage rates specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. Contractors required to pay the State Prevailing Wage Rates as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations: Such a contractor shall check paragraph 2(b)of the statement to indicate that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained in the payroll are not less than the applicable wage rates determined by the Director of Industrial Relations for the county or counties in which the work is preformed. Contractor who pay all required fringe benefits: A contractor who pays fringe benefits to approved plans,funds,or programs in amounts not less than were determined in the applicable wage decisions shall continue to show on the face of his or her payroll the basic hourly rate and overtime rate paid to his or her employees,just as he or she has always done. Such a contractor shall check paragraph 4(a)of the statement to indicate that he or she is also paying approved plans,funds,or programs within the times required for the receipt of those sums, not less than the amount predetermined as fringe benefits for each craft. Any exception shall be noted in Section 4(c). Contractors who pay no fringe benefits: A contractor who does not pay fringe benefits to an approved plan shall pay a like amount to the employee. This payment can be reported by inserting in the straight time hourly rate column of his or her payroll an amount not less than the predetermined rate for each classification plus the amount of fringe benefits determined for each classification in the applicable wage decision. Inasmuch as it is not necessary to pay time and a half on wages paid in lieu of fringes,the overtime rate shall be not less than one and one-half the basic predetermined rate, plus the required cash in lieu of fringes at the straight time rate. To simplify computation of overtime, it is suggested that the straight time basic rate and payment in lieu of fringes be separately stated in the hourly rate column. In addition,the contractor shall check paragraph 4(b)of the statement to indicate that he or she is paying fringe benefits directly to his or her employees. Any exceptions shall be noted in Section 4(c). Use of Section 4(c), Exceptions: Any contractor who is making payment to approved plans,funds, or programs in amounts less than the wage determination required is obligated to pay the deficiency directly to the employees as wages in lieu of fringes. Any exceptions to Section 4(a) and 4(b),whichever the contractor may check, shall be entered in Section 4(c). Enter in the Exception column the craft, and enter in the Explanation column the hourly amount paid the employees as wages in lieu of fringes, and the hourly amount paid to plans,funds,or programs as fringes.